Image     Image
 
EBALL - Electronic Bibliography for African Languages and Linguistics
 
Image     Image
 
Image

MAINTAINED BY
Jouni Filip Maho
Partille, Sweden

EMAIL
maho@brevet.nu

UPDATED
2008-01-21

« back to Khoesan index

KHOEKHOE BIBLIOGRAPHY


[Anonymous]. 1857-1873/1971.
Correspondence regarding the establishment of responsible government, the annexation of Griqualand West and other affairs of Cape Colony, 1857-73. British parliamentary papers: colonies, Africa, 26. Shannon: Irish University Press. Pp 759.

[Anonymous]. 1865.
Mythological legendary tales of South Africa, and of the Esquimaux in Greenland [= book review: 'Reynard the Fox in South Africa, or Hottentot fables and tales' by Wilhelm Bleek]. The anthropological review, 3, p. 138-145.

[Anonymous]. 1875-1899/1971.
Correspondence and reports on Griqualand West and Pondoland and other affairs of Cape Colony, 1875-99. British parliamentary papers: colonies, Africa, 27. Shannon: Irish University Press. Pp 683.

[Anonymous]. 1879.
Cape Colony blue book on native affairs. Cape Town: Government Printer (Cape Colony).

[Anonymous]. 1881.
Report of the select committee appointed to consider and report on Damaraland affairs. Cape parliamentary papers, A14'1881. Cape Town. Pp viii, 132.

[Anonymous]. 1906/07.
Die Kämpfe der deutschen Truppen in Südwestafrika: auf Grund amtlichen Materials bearbeitet von der Kriegsgeschichtlichen Abteilung I des Grossen Generalstabes, 2 Bde, 7 Häfte. Berlin: Ernst Siegfried Mittler & Sohn.
Notes: Vol 1 = Der Feldzug gegen die Herero. Vol 2 = Der Hottentottenkrieg. Sonderabdruck aus den Vierteljahrsheften für Truppenführung und Heereskunde (whatever that is).

[Anonymous]. 1914.
A handbook of German South West Africa: reliable information concerning history, geography, climate, flora and fauna, native tribes, minerals, trade, railways, public works, wireless telegraphy, etc., etc., with maps, diagrams, tables, etc.. Johannesburg: Transvaal Leader. Pp vi, 52, plates.

[Anonymous]. 1918.
Report on the natives of South-West Africa and their treatment by Germany. London: H.M. Stationary Office.
Notes: Known also as the "Blue Book". It was reprinted in parts in the news magazine New African, starting in issue 404, February 2002. An annotated reprint appeared 2003 as Words cannot be found.

[Anonymous]. 1951.
Die invloed van die Namataal op Afrikaans. Die Augustineum Jaarblad (Windhoek), 1951, p. 61.

[Anonymous]. 1952.
A clear description of the Cape of Good Hope (1652). Translated from Dutch by L.C. van Oordt. Cape Town: Book Exhibition Committee, Jan van Riebeeck Festival. Pp xv, 33, 35.
Notes: Supplemented with the original text.

[Anonymous]. 1966.
Die ethnischen Gruppen Südwestafrikas. Wissenschaftliche Forschung in Südwestafrika, 3. Windhoek: Südwestafrikanische Wissenschaftliche Gesellschaft.

[Anonymous]. 1968.
Nama-gowab di//nai-tsanati: !gai-hoa kerkib. Lutheri dib S.W.A. !nahab [...]. Barmen-Wuppertal: Verlag des Rheinischen Missionshauses. Pp 522.
Notes: Lutheran hymns translated into Nama.

[Anonymous]. 1970.
Nama/Damara spelreëls/orthography 1. Windhoek: Inboorlingtaalburo, Departement van Bantoe-Onderwys (SWA/Namibië). Pp 93.
Reviews etc.: Walter Moritz, "Opmerkings tot die nuwe Nama ortografie", Newsletter of the SWA (South West Africa) Scientific Society, v. 15 (1974) p. 7-9.
Notes: Strohmeyer & Moritz (1975:106) date this 1969.

[Anonymous]. 1976.
Nama/Damara taalkundige terminologielys. Windhoek: Departement van Bantoe-Onderwys (SWA/Namibië). Pp ii, 52.
Notes: With a Afrikaans-Nama-English section (p. 1-25), and a Nama-Afrikaans section (p. 26-52).

[Anonymous]. 1977.
Nama/Damara spelreëls/orthography 2. Windhoek: John Meinert vir die Inboorlingtaalburo, Departement van Bantoe-Onderwys (SWA/Namibië). Pp 127.

[Anonymous]. 2003.
Khoekhoegowab orthography 2. Windhoek: Gamsberg Macmillan Publ. Pp 119.

[Anonymous]. 2003.
Words cannot be found: German colonial rule in Namibia. An annotated reprint of the 1918 Blue Book, edited by Jeremy Silvester and Jan-Bart Gewald. Sources for African history series. Leiden: Brill Academic Publ. Pp xxxvii, 366.
Reviews etc.: Meredith McKittrick, H-Net book reviews (online), July 2007.

Abrahams, Yvette. 1995.
"Take me to your leaders": a critique of [Richard Elphick's] 'Kraal and castle'. Kronos: journal of Cape history, 22, p. 21-35.

Adelung, Johann Christoph. 1812/17.
Mithridates, oder allgemeine Sprachenkunde mit dem Vater unser als Sprachprobe in beynahe fünfhundert Sprachen und Mundarten, Bde 3-4. Berlin: Christian Friedrich Voss & Sohn.
Notes: Includes lexical specimens for many language, incl. Korana (p. 256), Hottentot (p. 267-275), Khoi-San (p. 289-305). Reprinted 1970 by Georg Olms Verlag in Hildesheim & New York.

Albrecht, Abraham. 1808/12.
Observations made in the country of the Great Namaqualand. Transactions of the (London) Missionary Society, 3, p. (?).

Alexander, James Edward [Captain]. 1836.
Captain Alexander's intended visit to the Damaras, South Africa. Journal of the Royal Geographical Society of London, 6, p. 443-445.

Alexander, James Edward [Captain]. 1837.
Latest intelligence from Captain Alexander. Journal of the Royal Geographical Society of London, 7, p. 439-446.
Notes: Contain extracts from letters written by Captain Alexander during his travels to the Damaras.

Alexander, James Edward [Captain]. 1838.
Expédition de découvertes faite e 1836, à travers les pays des grands Namaquas, des Boschjesmans et des Damaras des montagnes, dans l'Afrique méridionale. Nouvelles annales des voyages, de la géographie et de l'histoire ou recueil des relations originales inédites, 3ème série, 18, p. 56-110.

Alexander, James Edward [Captain]. 1838.
Report of an expedition of discovery, through the countries of the Great Namaquas, Boschmans, and the Hill Damaras, in South Africa. Journal of the Royal Geographical Society of London, 8, p. 1-28.

Alexander, James Edward [Captain]. 1838.
An expedition of discovery into the interior of Africa, throughout the hitherto undescribed countries of the Great Namaquas, Boschmans and Hill Damaras, 2 vols. London & Philadelphia: Henry Colburn; E.L. Carey & A. Hart.
Reviews etc.: Anon, "Men and brutes of South Africa", The North African review (Cedar Falls IO), v. 68 (1849) p. 265-300.
Notes: Reprinted 1967 by Johnson Reprint Corporation in New York (Landmarks in anthropology series); and 1967 by Cornelis Struik in Cape Town (Africana collectanea, 22-23).

Alverdes, Hermann. 1906.
Mein Tagebuch aus Südwest: Erinnerungen aus dem Feldzuge gegen die Hottentotten. Oldenburg: Stalling. Pp 285.

Anders, H.D. 1934.
Hottentot place-names. Blythswood review, new series, 11, p. 36-37, 44-45.
Notes: "Hottentot place names" is what the article is about, not necessarily its actual title (Strohmeyer & Moritz 1975:120).

Anders, H.D. 1937.
Marginal notes to Wikar's journal (Van Riebeeck Vereniging XV, 1935). Bantu studies, 11, p. 47-52.
Notes: Contains "some suggestions about Nama words" (Strohmeyer & Moritz 1975:112).

Andersson, Karl Johan. 1989.
Trade and politics in central Namibia. Edited by Brigitte Lau. Archeia. Windhoek: National Archives of Namibia.
Notes: Extracts from Andersson's diaries.

Andersson, Lars-Gunnar. 1992.
Khoisanspråkens typologiska profil(er) [The typological profile(s) of the Khoisan languages]. Till Rune från oss, p. 4-23. Edited by Roger Källström and Bo Ralph. Göteborg: Institutionen för Nordiska Språk, Göteborgs universitet.

Andersson, Lars-Gunnar. 1993.
Khoisanspråk [Khoisan languages]. Nationalencyklopedin (Stockholm), 10, p. 590.

Andersson, Lars-Gunnar; Janson, Tore. 1997.
Languages in Botswana: language ecology in southern Africa. Gaborone: Longman Botswana. Pp 204.
Reviews etc.: Andy M. Chebanne, Marang, v. 12/13 (1996/97) p. 45-47; Sabine Neumann, Frankfurter afrikanistische Blätter, v. 9 (1997) p. 159-163; Herman M. Batibo, Botswana notes and records, v. 30 (1998) p. 188ff; Arvi Hurskainen, Nordic journal of African studies, v. 7 (1998) p. 95-99; Robert K. Herbert, Anthropological linguistics, v. 41 (1999) p. 561ff; Dorcas B. Molefe, Journal of southern African studies, v. 25 (1999) p. 708-709.

Angas, George French. 1849.
The Kafirs illustrated in a series of drawings taken among the Amazulu, Amaponda, and Amakosa tribes; also, portraits of the Hottentot, Malay, Fingo, and other races inhabiting southern Africa, together with sketches of landscape scenery in the Zulu country, Natal and Cape Colony. London: J. Hogarth. Pp 2, 50, 31.
Notes: Includes 30 coloured plates/drawings of Amazulu, Amaponda and Amakosa. Reprinted 1974 by Balkema in Amsterdam (ISBN-10 0-86961-060-0).

Anthing, L. 1863.
[Report of an inquiry into conditions in Bushmanland, performed during February-December 1862 on the orders of the Honorable House of Assemly]. Cape parliamentary papers, A39'1863. Cape Town.
Notes: Correct title wanting. Anthing's report "tells the last phase of the tragic history of the Cape Bushmen, largely from information supplied by themselves, and is the longest an best documented official account we possess of the clash between the Bushmen and the Boer" Marais 1939:27). The information derives mainly from a reluctant Boer trader named Nicholson, farmers' servants, and "a considerable number of Bushmen who suffered from commandos" (idem). According to the resport, "attempts to exterminate the Bushmen must have been going on sicne about 1851 between the Orange River and Beaufort West not only on the part of the Boers and Bastards (who appear, however, to have been the main culprits), but also on that of Xosas from Schietfontein (the later Carnavon) and Koranas from the Orange River" (idem:28).

Appleyard, John Whittle. 1847.
Hottentot dialects; Hottentot grammar, Bushman dialects. The South African Christian watchman and missionary magazine, 1-2, p. (?).
Notes: Two articles in separate issues. Details wanting.

Appleyard, John Whittle. 1850.
The Kafir language: comprising a sketch of its history, which includes a general classification of South African dialects, ethnographical and geographical remarks upon its nature and a grammar. With a supplement by Carl F. Wuras on the Hottentot grammar in the Korana dialect. King William's Town: Wesleyan Missionary Society. Pp xxii, 390.
Reviews etc.: C.M. Doke, "Bantu language pioneers of the nineteenth century", African studies, v. 14 (1940) p. 207-246; C.M. Doke, "Bantu language pioneers of the nineteenth century" (revised), African studies, v. 18 (1959) p. 1-27; C.M. Doke, "The growth of comparative Bantu philology(revised)", African studies, v. 19 (1960) p. 193-218.
Notes: Includes comparisons between Xhosa and Tswana.

Arbousset, Jean Thomas; Daumas, François. 1842.
Relation d'un voyage d'exploration au nord-est de la colonie du Cap de Bonne-Espérance, entrepris dans les mois de Mars, Avril et Mai, 1836. Paris: A. Bertrand. Pp x, 620.
Notes: Includes stuff on the Southern Sotho and Zulu, plus samples of various Bushman languages, e.g. Seroa (p. 510-516). Various extracts from Arbousset's journal were reprinted 1932 as Voyage d'exploration aux Montagnes Bleues (253 pp) by Société des Missions Evangéliques in Paris.

Arbousset, Jean Thomas; Daumas, François. 1846.
Narrative of an exploratory tour to the north-east of the colony of the Cape of Good Hope. Translated from French by John Crumbie Brown. Cape Town: Robertson & Solomon. Pp xii, 329.
Notes: Reprinted 1968 by Cornelis Struik in Cape Town (Africana collectanea, 27).

Argyle, W. John. 1994/95.
Khoisan-southern Bantu livestock exchanges: reinterpreting the linguistic evidence (summary). Azania, 29/30, p. 200-201.

Arnot, David; Orpen, Francis H.S. 1875.
The land question of Griqualand West: an enquiry into the various claims to land [...] together with a brief history of the Griqua Nation. Cape Town: Saul Solomon & Co. Pp xiii, 351.

Ausiku, Kashindi J. 2001.
Developing languages in Namibia: a brief insight. Reform forum: journal for education reform in Namibia, 13, p. 6-8.

Bachmann, F. 1899.
Die Hottentotten der Cap-Colonie: ein ethnographisches Genre-Bild. Zeitschrift für Ethnologie (Berlin), 31, p. 87-98.

Backhouse, James. 1844.
A narrative of a visit to the Mauritius and South Africa. London: Hamilton Adams. Pp xvi, 648.
Notes: Includes notes on the Khoekhoe.

Baines, Thomas. 1866.
Notes to accompany Mr C.J. Andersson's map of Damara Land. Journal of the Royal Geographical Society of London, 36, p. 247-248.

Baines, Thomas. 1868.
Voyage dans le sud-ouest de l'Afrique: ou, récits d'explorations faites en 1861 et 1862, depuis la baie Valfich jusqu'aux chutes Victoria. Traduit de l'anglais et abrégé por J. Belin de Launay. Paris: Hachette. Pp vii, 298.

Barchewitz, Ernst Christoph. 1730.
Allerneueste und wahrhafte Ost-Indianische Reise-Beschreibung, darinnen 1. seine durch Deutschland und Holland nach Indien gethane Reise; 2. sein elff-jähriger Aufenthalt auf Java, Banda und den südwester Inseln [...]; 3. seine Rückreise, der dabei erlittene grausame Sturm [...] beschrieben wird [...]. Chemnitz (Deutschland): Össeln. Pp xx, 657.
Notes: Deals with Khoekhoe on p. 63-86, 629-634.

Barchewitz, Ernst Christoph. 1751.
Neu-vermehrte Ost-Indianische Reise-Beschreibung, darinnen I. seine durch Teutsch- und Holland nach Indien gethane Reise; II: sein elff-jähriger Aufenthalt auf Java, Banda und den Südwester-Iusulen, Glücks- und Unglücks-Fälle, seltsame Begebenheiten, auch remarquirte rare Gewächse, Bäume, Früchte, Thiere, Fische, Insecten, Berge, Vestungen, Nationen, Gewohnheiten, Aberglauben der Wilden, und viele andere Denckwürdigkeiten mehr; 3: seine Rück-Reise, der dabey erlittene grausame Sturm und endlich glücklich erfolgte Ankunft in sein Vaterland umständlich erzehlet wird. Zweite Ausgabe. Erfurt (Deutschland): Jungnicol. Pp x, 680, xvi.
Notes: Deals with Khoekhoe on p. 73-77.

Barchewitz, Ernst Christoph. 1762.
Neu-vermehrte Ost-Indianische Reise-Beschreibung. Vierte Auflage. Erfurt (Deutschland): Hartung. Pp 687.

Barnard, Alan. 1976.
Khoisan classification. IAI (International African Institute) bulletin: African studies notes & news, 46 (4), p. 12.

Barnard, Alan. 1976.
Nharo Bushman kinship and the transformation of Khoi kin categories. PhD thesis. University of London.

Barnard, Alan. 1978.
A further note on Khoisan classification. IAI (International African Institute) bulletin: African studies notes & news, 48, p. 11.

Barnard, Alan. 1980.
Khoesan southern Africa as a cultural area. Namibiana: communications of the ethno-historical study group, SWA (South West Africa) Scientific Society, 2 (2), p. 7-15.

Barnard, Alan. 1980.
Convergent structures in Nama and Dutch-Afrikaans kinship terminologies. VOC, 1 (1), p. 25-34.

Barnard, Alan. 1988.
Kinship, language and production: a conjectural history of Khoisan social structure. Africa: journal of the International African Institute, 58 (1), p. 29-50.

Barnard, Alan. 1992.
Hunters and herders of southern Africa: a comparative ethnography of the Khoisan peoples. Studies in social and cultural anthropology, 85. Cambridge University Press. Pp xxv, 349.
Reviews etc.: Megan Biesele, Sprache und Geschichte in Afrika, v. 12/13 (1991/92) p. 375-379; Alec C. Campbell, Botswana notes and records, v. 24 (1992) p. 218-219; Mathias Guenther, "'The pattern is the thing': diversity and uniformity amongst Khoisan", Current anthropology, v. 33 (1992) p. 478-481; Timothy J. Stapleton, International journal of African historical studies, v. 25 (1992) p. 437-438; I.N. Mazonde, Bulletin of the School of Oriental and African Studies, v. 56 (1993) p. 427-428; Robert Ross, African affairs, v. 92/368 (1993) p. 468-470; Rainer Vossen, Anthropos, v. 88 (1993) p. 562-564; Edwin Wilmsen, Journal of southern African studies, v. 19 (1993) p. 530-531; Edwin S. Segal, African studies review, v. 37 (1994) p. 162-166.

Barnard, Alan; Widlok, Thomas. 1996.
Nharo and Hai//om settlement patterns in comparative perspective. Cultural diversity among twentieth-century foragers: an African perspective, p. 87-107. Edited by Susan Kent. Cambridge University Press.

Barrow, John. 1801.
Voyage dans la partie méridionale de l'Afrique, fait dans les années 1797 et 1798: contenant des observations sur la géologie, la géographie, l'histoire naturelle de ce continent et une esquisse du caractère physique et moral des diverses races d'habitants qui environments l'establissement du cap de Bonne-Esperance, suivi de la description de l'état present, de la population et du produit de cette importante colonie, 2 vols. Traduit de l'anglais par L. Degranpré. Paris: E. Dentu. Pp xvi, 403; 326.

Barrow, John. 1801.
Reisen in das Innere von Südafrika in den Jahren 1797 und 1798, Bd 1. Aus dem englischen mit Anmerkungen übersetzt. Leipzig: Rein.

Barrow, John. 1801/04.
Travels into the interior of southern Africa (1797-1798), in which are described the character and the condition of the Dutch colonists of the Cape of Good Hope, and of the several tribes of natives beyond its limits; the natural history of such subjects as occured in the animal, mineral and vegetable kingdoms; and the geography of the southern extremity of Africa; comprehending also a topographical and statistical sketch of Cape Colony, with an inquiry into its importance as a naval and military station, as a commercial emporium, and as a territorial possession, 2 vols. London: T. Cadell & W. Davies. Pp xvi, 427; 373.
Reviews etc.: C.M. Doke, "Bantu language pioneers of the nineteenth century", African studies, v. 14 (1940) p. 207-246; C.M. Doke, "Bantu language pioneers of the nineteenth century" (revised), African studies, v. 18 (1959) p. 1-27; Mary Louise Pratt, "Scratches on the face of the country, or, what Mr Barrow saw in the land of the Bushmen", Critical inquiry, v. 12 (1985) p. 119-143.
Notes: Includes a vocabulary of 34 Xhosa words (which are contrasted with Khoekhoe).

Barrow, John. 1802.
A narrative of the travels in the interior of southern Africa (1797-1798), from the Cape of Good Hope to Graaff Reynet and the countries of the Kaffers, Bosjemans, Namaquas, etc.. Abridged(?) edition. London: Kerby. Pp 80.
Notes: The unabridged edition includes a short Xhosa vocabulary. Not sure this edition does.

Barrow, John. 1805.
Neue Reise in das Innere von Südafrika, nebst Robert Semple's Beschreibung der Capstadt und Schilderung seiner Einwohner. Aus dem englischen übersetzt von J.A. Bergk. Wien: Doll in Kommission. Pp viii, 9-429.
Notes: Looks like an abridged edition.

Barrow, John. 1805.
Reisen in das Innere von Südafrika in den Jahren 1797 und 1798, Bd 2. Aus dem englischen mit Anmerkungen übersetzt, und herausgegeben von Theophil Friedrich Ehrmann. Weimar: Landes-Industrie-Comptoir.

Barrow, John. 1806.
Nouveau voyage dans la partie méridionale de l'Afrique, 2 vols. Traduit de l'anglais par C.A.W. Paris: E. Dentu. Pp x, 310, maps; 312, maps.

Barrow, John. 1806.
An account of travels into the interior of southern Africa, 1797-1798, in which are described the character and condition of the Dutch colonists of the Cape of Good Hope, and the several tribes of natives beyond the limits; the natural history of such subjects as occured in the animal, vegetable and mineral kingdoms, and sketches of the physical and moral characters of the various tribes of inhabitants surrounding the settlement of the Cape of Good Hope, to which is annexed a description from actual observations made in the course of travel, 2 vols. Second edition. London: T. Cadell & W. Davies.
Notes: Reprinted 1968 by Johnson Reprint Corporation in New York (Landmarks in anthropology series).

Bassani, Ezio; Tedeschi, Letizia. 1990.
The image of the Hottentot in the seventeeth and eighteenth centuries: an iconographic investigation. Journal of the history of collections, 2, p. (?).

Bat, Bernabé J.G. de la. 1982.
Etosha 75 years. SWA annual, 1982, p. 11-22.
Notes: Includes something on the "Heikum".

Batibo, Herman M. 2004.
The role of the external setting in language shift process: the case of Nama-speaking Ovaherero in Tshabong. Proceedings of the 4th world congress of African linguistics, New Brunswick 2003, p. (?). Edited by Akinbiyi M. Akinlabí and Oluseye Adesola. Köln: Rüdiger Köppe Verlag.

Batibo, Herman M.; Tsonope, Joseph. 2000.
Language vitality among the Nama of Tshabong. The state of Khoesan languages in Botswana, p. 47-56. Edited by Herman M. Batibo and Joseph Tsonope. Mogoditshane (Botswana) & Gaborone: Tasalls Publ. & Books for the Basarwa Languages Project, University of Botswana and University of Tromsø.

Baucom, Kenneth L. 1970.
More on the indigenous languages of SWA. Anthropological linguistics, 12 (9), p. 343-348.

Baucom, Kenneth L. 1974.
Proto-Central-Khoisan. Proceedings of the 3rd annual conference on African linguistics, 7-8 April 1972, p. 3-37. Edited by Erhard Friedrich Karl Voeltz. Indiana University publications, African series, 7. Bloomington: Research Institute for Inner Asian Studies, Indiana University.

Baumann, Chr. 1915/16.
Nama-Texte: aufgezeichnet von Christian Goliath zu Berseba, Südwestafrika. Zeitschrift für Kolonialsprachen, 6, p. 55-78.

Baumann, Chr. 1917/18.
Nama-Fabeln: gesammelt von Missionar W. Schaar in Okombahe und übersetzt von Chr. Baumann. Zeitschrift für Kolonialsprachen, 8, p. 81-109.

Beach, Douglas Martyn. 1932.
The phonetics of the Hottentot language. DLitt thesis. University of London.

Beach, Douglas Martyn. 1938.
The phonetics of the Hottentot language. Supplemented with "Lautfolge in den weitaus meisten Wortstämme der Namasprache" by Heinrich Vedder. Cambridge: William Heffer & Sons. Pp xiv, 329.
Reviews etc.: A. Lloyd James, Bulletin of the School of Oriental Studies, v. 9 (1938) p. 815-817; P. de V. Pienaar, Bantu studies, v. 12 (1938) p. 148-152; I.C. W[ard], Journal of the Royal African Society, v. 37 (1938) p. 407-408; Nikolai S. Trubetzkoi, Anthropos, v. 34 (1939) p. 267-276; H.J. Uldall, Africa, v. 12 (1939) p. 369-372; M.B. Emeneau, Language, v. 17 (1941) p. 359-361; A.N. Tucker, "Systems of tone-marking African languages", Bulletin of the School of Oriental and African Studies, v. 27 (1964) p. 594-611.
Notes: Enlarged revision of the author's dissertation, University of London, 1932.

Beeckman, Daniel. 1718.
A voyage to and from the island of Borneo, in the East Indies, with a description of the said island; giving an account of the inhabitants, their manners, customs, religion, product, chief ports, and trade; together with the re-establishment of the English trade there, an. 1714, after our factory had been destroyed by the Banjareens some years before; also a description of the islands of Canary, Cape Verd, Java, Madura; of the Streights of Bally, the Cape of Good Hope, the Hottentots, the island of St. Helena, Ascension, &c.; with some remarks and directions touching trade, &c.; the whole very pleasant and very useful to such as shall have occasion to go into those parts. Illustrated with several curious maps and cuts. London: Warner. Pp 16, 205, 3.
Notes: This "contains a most curious and lengthy description of the Hottentots" (Strohmeyer & Moritz 1975:3).

Behrens, Carl Friedrich. 1737.
Reise und Begebenheiten durch die bekannte und unbekannte Südländer und um die Welt: worinnen die Canarische und Saltz-Insulen, Brasilien, die Magellanische und Lameerische Strassen, Küste von Chili, die neu-entdeckte Insulen, gegen Süden und unterschiedene Plätze in Asia, Africa und America; wie auch deren Einwohner Lebens-Art, Policey, Commercien, Gottesdienst und dergleichen. Frankfurt-am-Main: Joachim von Lahnen. Pp 16, 380.
Notes: Includes notes on Khoekhoe. Note that there's also a similarly-titled book dated 1735 (only 55 pp), which may or may not contain anything on Africa.

Behrens, Carl Friedrich. 1738.
Der wohlversuchte Süd-Länder; das ist: ausführliche Reise-Beschreibung um die Welt, worinnen von denen Canarischen- und Saltz-Insuln, Brasilien, der Strass Magellanus und Lamer-Küste, Chili, und neu-entdeckten Insuln gegen Süden, dessgleichen von den Moluckischen Insuln und verschiedenen Plätzen in Asia und Africa, als auch ihren Inwohnern, Lebens-Art, Policey, Handel Wandel und Gottesdienst gehandelt wird; nebst einer accuraten Charte der gantzen Welt, und andern Kupffern. Zweite Ausgabe. Leipzig: Joh. Georg Monath. Pp 14, 331.
Notes: Second edition of Reise und Begebenheiten durch die bekannte und unbekannte Südländer und um die Welt. Includes notes on Khoekhoe.

Behrens, Carl Friedrich. 1739.
Histoire de l'expédition de trois vaisseaux, envoyés par la Compagnie des Indes Occidentales des Provinces-Unies aux terres Australes en MDCCXXI, 2 tome. Traduit de l'allemand. La Haye.
Notes: Includes notes on Khoekhoe.

Behrens, Carl Friedrich. 1925.
Der wohlversuchte Südländer: Reise um die Welt 1721-1722. Zweite Ausgabe, bearbeitet von Hans Plischke. Alte Reisen und Abenteuer, 7. Leipzig: F.A. Brockhaus. Pp 159.
Notes: Abridgement of the second edition, originally published in 1738. Deals with Khoekhoe on p. 144-155. Includes a map of Khoekhoe settlements.

Bell, Arthur. 2001.
Origins of negative concord in Afrikaans. Cornell working papers in linguistics, 18, p. (?).

Benzel, Ulrich. (Ed.) 1975.
Märchen, Sagen und Fabeln der Hottentotten und Kaffern. Taschenbücher, 1614. Frankfurt-am-Main: Fischer Taschenbuch Verlag. Pp 111.
Notes: Includes tales and other stuff that originate from the Grey Collection at the Cape Town's Public Library (Strohmeyer 1982:45).

Bergh, Oloff. 1683.
Journael van de landtocht bij d'E. Vaenrich Oloff Bergh, Sargianten Christoffel Henningh [...] gehouden bij de stuyrluyden Reynier Damie en Rosierich Hermansz in den jare 1682. Manuscript. Den Haag: Hollandsche Reichsarchiv.
Notes: Bergh seems to be the first one ever to use the word "bosjesmans" (Barnard 1992:9). Reprinted 1931, with an English translation, by E.E. Mossop (published by the Van Riebeek Society, Cape Town).

Bergh, Oloff. 1931.
Joernale van die landtogte van die edele vaandrig Olof Bergh [with an English translation by E.E. Mossop]. Joernale van die landtogte van die edele vaandrig Olof Bergh (1682 en 1683) en die vaandrig Isaq Schrijver (1689) / The journals of the expeditions of the honorable ensign Olof Bergh (1682 and 1983) and the ensign Isaq Schrijver (1689), p. 1-191. Edited by E.E. Mossop. Publications from the Van Riebeeck Society, 12. Cape Town.

Bernhardt, Adolf; Schmid, Petrus; Gaerdes, Jan. 1970.
Versuch einer Deutung von Nama-Farmnamen im Bezirk Maltahöhe. Mitteilungen der Südwestafrikanischen Wissenschaftlichen Gesellschaft, 11 (5), p. 8-10.

Besten, Hans den. 1985.
Double negation and the genesis of Afrikaans. Substrata vs universals in Creole genesis, p. 185-230. Edited by Pieter Muysken and Norval Smith. Creole language library (CLL), 1. Amsterdam & Philadelphia: John Benjamins Publ.

Besten, Hans den. 1985.
Die doppelte Negation im Afrikaans und ihre Herkunft. Akten des 1. Essener Kolloquium über Kreolsprachen und Sprachkontakte vom 21.1.1985 an der Universität Essen, p. 9-42. Edited by Norbert Boretzky, Werner Enninger and Thomas Stolz. Bochum: Studienverlag Dr Norbert Brockmeyer.

Besten, Hans den. 1989.
From Khoekhoe foreignertalk via Hottentot Dutch to Afrikaans: the creation of a novel grammar. Wheels within wheels: papers of the Duisburg symposium on pidgin and creole languages, p. 207-250. Edited by Martin Pütz and René Dirven. Duisburger Arbeiten zur Sprach- und Kulturwissenschaft, 5. Frankfurt-am-Main: Peter Lang.

Besten, Hans den. 1993.
Etnische nomenclatuur in Zuid-Afrika. 'Waar komen de juiste ideeën vandaan' - Opstellen over taal, wetenschap en maatschappij, p. 11-15. Edited by Jan ten Thije. Publikasies van het Instituut voor Algemene Taalwetenschap, 59. Amsterdam: Universiteit van Amsterdam.

Besten, Hans den. 2002.
Khoekhoe syntax and its implications for L2 acquisition of Dutch and Afrikaans. Journal of Germanic linguistics, 14 (1), p. 3-56.

Besten, Hans den. 2003.
Onverstaanbare woorden in de mond van Hottentotten: vroege T2 bij zeventiende-eeuwse Khoekhoen. Appel heeft het gedaan: liber amicorum voor René Appel bij zijn afscheid van de Universiteit van Amsterdam, p. 138-143. Edited by Folkert Kuiken. Amsterdam: Bert Bakker.

Besten, Michael. 2006.
Transformation and reconstitution of Khoe-San identities: A.A.S. le Fleur I, Griqua identities and post-apartheid Khoe-San revivalism (1894-2004). PhD thesis. State University of Leiden.

Bigge, John Thomas. 1830.
Report of the commissioners of inquiry upon the Hottentot population of the Cape of Good Hope and of the missionary institutions. Cape Town. Pp 60.
Notes: See also Colebrook (1829).

Bill, Mary C. 1974.
The influence of the Hottentot languages on the Bantu languages. Limi, new series, 2 (2), p. 63-77.

Blainville, M. de. 1816.
Sur une femme de la race hottentote. Bulletin des sciences par la Société Philomatique de Paris, 1816, p. 183-190.

Bleek, Dorothea Frances. 1927.
The distribution of Bushman languages in South Africa. Festschrift Meinhof, p. 55-64. Glückstadt & Hamburg: J.J. Augustin.

Bleek, Dorothea Frances. 1929.
Comparative vocabularies of Bushman languages. Publications from the School of African Life and Language, University of Cape Town. Cambridge: The University Press. Pp 94.
Reviews etc.: F.W.H. M[igeod], Journal of the African Society, v. 28 (1928/29) p. 307-308; Eric Rosenthal, "Eerste Boesman-woordeboek ter wêreld", Fleur, v. 2,5 (1947) p. 33-34.
Notes: Includes lexical specimens from /Kam-ka !ke, //Ng !ke, Batwa (i.e. //Xegwi), /Auni, Masarwa (Kakia), /Nu//en, //K'au //en, !Kung, !O !kung, Masarwa (Tati), Naron, and Nama.

Bleek, Dorothea Frances. 1956.
A Bushman dictionary. Edited by Zellig S. Harris. American Oriental series, 41. New Haven CN: American Oriental Society. Pp xii, 773.
Reviews etc.: C.M. Doke, African studies, v. 16 (1957) p. 142-125; Joseph H. Greenberg, Language, v. 33 (1957) p. 495-497; Ernst Westphal, Africa, v. 27 (1957) p. 203-204; Oswin R.A. Köhler, Afrika und Übersee, v. 43 (1959/60) p. 133-138.
Notes: Contains lexical material from 29 Bushman languages/dialects. Part 1: Bushman-English; Part 2: English-Bushman.

Bleek, Wilhelm Heinrich Immanuel. 18xx.
Ho-tan-to: a Hottentot expression analyzed. Cape Town: Grey Collection, South African Public Library. Pp 1.

Bleek, Wilhelm Heinrich Immanuel. 1851.
De nominum generibus linguarum africae australis, copticae, semiticarum aliarumque sexualium. Scripsit et ad summos in philosophia honores auctoritate amplissimi philosophorum ordinis. Bonnae: Formis Caroli Georgii. Pp iv, 61.
Reviews etc.: C.M. Doke, "The growth of comparative Bantu philology(revised)", African studies, v. 19 (1960) p. 193-218; Alexander Zajcev & Andrei Zhukov, "The data on Semito-Hamitic languages in W. Bleek's De nominum generibus...", Studia chadica et hamitosemitica (edited by Dymitr Ibriszimow & Rudolf Leger, Rüdiger Köppe Verlag, 1995) p. 10-16.
Notes: Dissertation. Credited to Guilelmus Bleek. Compares gender systems in Herero, Xhosa, Zulu, Tswana, Sotho, Tlapi, Yao, Kongo, Mbundu, Swahili, Nyika, Pokomo (all Bantu), Nama and Korana (Central Khoesan), Aramaic, Hebrew, Ethiopian, Arabic, Amharic (Semitic), Coptic (Egyptian), Galla (Kushitic), and one Berber language. It also contains a classification of said languages based on gender systems.

Bleek, Wilhelm Heinrich Immanuel. 1857.
Researches into the relations between the Hottentots and the Kafirs [pt. 1]. Cape monthly magazine, 1, p. 199-208.
Notes: Contains, for instance, notes on the relatedness between Khoekhoe and "Alt-Ägyptisch".

Bleek, Wilhelm Heinrich Immanuel. 1857.
Researches into the relations between the Hottentot and the Kafir races [pt. 2]. Cape monthly magazine, 1, p. 289-296.
Notes: Note the slightly different title compared to part 1.

Bleek, Wilhelm Heinrich Immanuel. 1857.
Manuscript vocabulary of the Hottentots and Bushmen, drawn up from various sources for the use of His Excellency Sir George Grey. Cape Town: Grey Collection, South African Public Library.
Notes: Mentioned by, for instance, Levy (1968:3).

Bleek, Wilhelm Heinrich Immanuel. 1858.
Catalogue of the Library of His Excellency Sir George Grey, v. 1, pt. 1-3. London & Leipzig: Trübner & Co.
Reviews etc.: C.M. Doke, "The growth of comparative Bantu philology(revised)", African studies, v. 19 (1960) p. 193-218; O. Silverstein, "A note on the term 'Bantu' as first used by W.H.I. Bleek", African studies, v. 27 (1968) p. 211-212; P.E.H. Hair, correspondence to the editors, African studies, v. 28 (1969) p. 54.
Notes: This is where Bleek first uses the term "Bantu". Part 1 covers South Africa (within the limits of British influence), part 2 covers Africa (north of the Tropic of Cancer), and part 3 covers Madagascar. The first part includes "The family of sex-denoting languages: South African species, 1: the Hottentot language" and "The family of sex-denoting languages: South African species, 2: the Bushman language". Reprinted at least once.

Bleek, Wilhelm Heinrich Immanuel. 1858.
Untersuchungen über die Beziehungen zwischen Hotentotten und Kafir. Petermanns geographische Mitteilungen (Mittheilungen aus Justus Perthes' Geographischer Anstalt über wichtige neue Erforschungen auf dem Gesammtgebiete der Geographie), 4, p. 418.
Notes: Consists mainly of translated extracts from Bleek's Researches into the relations between the Hottentots and the Kaffirs (1857), such as a query into the relatedness between Khoekhoe and "Alt-Ägyptisch".

Bleek, Wilhelm Heinrich Immanuel. 1858.
The Hottentot language. Cape monthly magazine, 3, p. 34-41, 116-119.
Notes: Includes various translated extracts from contemporary literature, some Bible texts plus short vocabularies.

Bleek, Wilhelm Heinrich Immanuel. 1862.
Sir George Grey's library: native literature. Cape monthly magazine, 11, p. 315-319, 385-389.
Notes: Includes Nama tales -- translations or originals?

Bleek, Wilhelm Heinrich Immanuel. 1864.
Reynard the Fox in South Africa, or Hottentot fables and tales. London: Trübner & Co.
Reviews etc.: Anon, "Mythological legendary tales of South Africa, and of the Esquimaux in Greenland", The anthropological review, v. 3 (1865) p. 138-145.

Bleek, Wilhelm Heinrich Immanuel. 1936.
A fragment: a continuation of a comparative grammar of South African languages (paragraphs 559-562). Bantu studies, 10 (1), p. 1-7.

Bochert, C. 1980.
The Witboois and the Germans in South West Africa: a study of their interactions between 1863 and 1905. MA thesis. Durban: University of Natal.

Boeseken, Anna J. 1972.
The meaning, origin and use of the terms Khoikhoi, San and Khoisan. Cabo, 1 (1), p. 5-10.
Reviews etc.: Richard H. Elphick, (comment), Cabo, v. 2 (1974) p. 3-7; Anna J. Boeseken, (reply), Cabo, v. 2 (1974) p. 8-10; Richard H. Elphick, (final comment), Cabo, v. 3 (1975) p. 12-15; Anna J. Boeseken, "On changing terminology in history", Cabo, v. 2 (1975) p. 16-18.

Boeseken, Anna J. 1974.
Dr A.J. Boeseken replies to Prof. R.H. Elphick, "The meaning, origin and use of the terms Khoikhoi, San and Khoisan". Cabo, 2 (2), p. 8-10.
Reviews etc.: Anna J. Boeseken, "The meaning, origin and use of the terms Khoikhoi, San and Khoisan", Cabo, v. 1 (1972) p. 5-10; Richard H. Elphick, (comment), Cabo, v. 2 (1974) p. 3-7; Richard H. Elphick, (final comment), Cabo, v. 3 (1975) p. 12-15; Anna J. Boeseken, "On changing terminology in history", Cabo, v. 2 (1975) p. 16-18.

Boeseken, Anna J. 1975.
On changing terminology in history. Cabo, 2 (3), p. 16-18.
Reviews etc.: Anna J. Boeseken, "The meaning, origin and use of the terms Khoikhoi, San and Khoisan", Cabo, v. 1 (1972) p. 5-10; Richard H. Elphick, (comment), Cabo, v. 2 (1974) p. 3-7; Anna J. Boeseken, (reply), Cabo, v. 2 (1974) p. 8-10; Richard H. Elphick, (final comment), Cabo, v. 3 (1975) p. 12-15.

Böhm, Gerhard. 1985.
Khoe-Kowap: Einführung in die Sprache der Hottentotten, Nama-dialekt. Veröffentlichungen des Instituts für Afrikanistik und Ägyptologie der Universität Wien, 36; Beiträge zur Afrikanistik, 25. Wien: Afro-Pub. Pp 406.
Reviews etc.: Wilfrid Haacke, "How to perpertuate misconceptions of a language", Logos (Windhoek), v. 8 (1988) p. 139-150.

Böhm, Gerhard. 2001.
"Schalzlautsprachen"? Boskop, Buschmann, Hottentott: Aspekte der Ursprachstammesgeschichte in Afrika. Mit einem Anhang "Abriss zur historischen Sprachenkunde von Afrika". Beiträge zur Afrikanistik, 68. Wien: Afro-Pub. Pp 585.

Boois, John. 1996.
Khoekhoegowab as a medium of instruction in formal education. African languages in basic education, p. 157-166. Edited by Karsten Legère. Windhoek: Gamsberg Macmillan Publ.

Boonzaier, Emile; Malherbe, Candy; Smith, Andrew; Berens, Penny. 1996.
The Cape herders: a history of the Khoikhoi of southern Africa. Cape Town & Athens OH: David Philip Publ.; Ohio University Press. Pp 147.
Reviews etc.: Brian Siegel, H-Net book reviews (online), June 1997; Roger B. Beck, International journal of African historical studies, v. 31 (1998) p. 476-478.

Boshoff, S.P.E. 1950.
Abiekwasgeelhout: 'n etimologiese bydrae. Tydskrif vir wetenskap en kuns, nuwe reeks, 10, p. 89-91.
Notes: "Tamarix articulata of abiekwasgeelhout, plantnaam, genoem na die bewoners (Obiquas) van die streek waar die plante groei" (Strohmeyer & Moritz 1975:120).

Bosi, Roberto. 1965.
I boscimani del Kalahari. Milan: Il Saggiatore.
Notes: The title explicitly mentions Kalahari. Strohmeyer (1982:186) claims that it deals with the Hei//om. However, the Hei//om (or Hai//om) do not reside in Kalahari. Maybe Bosi's notion of Kalahari extended further than for most.

Bosman, Daniel Brink. 1923.
Oor die onstaan van Afrikaans. Amsterdam. Pp 154.
Notes: The date could be wrong (see Bosman 1928). Perhaps this is a dissertation. Contains notes on the influence of Khoekhoe on Afrikaans.

Bosman, Daniel Brink. 1928.
Oor die onstaan van Afrikaans. Pp 125.
Notes: Details wanting. Either the date is wrong on this or it's a second edition. Contains notes on the influence of Khoekhoe on Afrikaans. Reprinted 1962 by Swets & Zeitlinger in Amsterdam.

Bosman, Daniel Brink. 1942.
Uit die biografie 'n Hottentottin. Die huisgenoot: geilustreerde weekblad, v?, p. (?).

Bosman, Daniel Brink. 1976.
Oor die onstaan van Afrikaans. Tweede uitgawe. Amsterdam: Swets & Zeitlinger.
Notes: Contains notes on the influence of Khoekhoe on Afrikaans.

Boss, Georg. 1934.
Aus dem Pflanzenleben Südwestafrikas. Windhoek: John Meinert.

Botha, Colin Graham. 1925.
The distribution of South African fauna in relation to place names. South African journal of science, 22, p. 537-539.

Bövingh, Johann Georg. 1712.
Curieuse Beschreibung und Nachrichten von den Hottentotten [...] wobey noch eine gantz neue und accurate Beschreibung von dem jetzigen Religions Wesen, samt angehängten Bericht, von einigen unter denen Herrn Missionaris daselbst entstandenen Streitigkeiten. Kopenhagen. Pp viii, 48.
Reviews etc.: Hans van den Besten, "Deciphering three Pidgin Dutch statements concerning religion recorded by Muller, Ten Rhyme, and Bövingh", Quaterly bulletin of the National Library of South Africa, v. 57 (2003) p. 149-155.
Notes: Reprinted 1933 in The early Cape Hottentots (ed. by Isaac Schapera; Van Riebeeck Society, Cape Town).

Bövingh, Johann Georg. 1714.
Kurtze Nachricht von den Hottentotten oder denen Heyden welche das äusserste africanische Vorgebirge Cabo de bona Esperanca genannt bewohnen. Zweite Ausgabe. Hamburg: Caspar Jaehkel. Pp 30.
Notes: First edition titled Curieuse Beschreibung und Nachrichten von den Hottentotten.

Bradlow, E. 1985.
The Khoi and the proposed vagrancy legislation of 1834. Quarterly bulletin of the South African Library, 39 (3), p. 99-105.

Brain, C.K. 1969.
The contribution of Namib Desert Hottentots to an understanding of Australopithecine bone accumulations. Scientific papers of the Namib Desert Research Station, 39, p. 13-22.

Brandt, Paul M. 1937.
Orlog im Gross-Namaland. Dresden: Neuer Buchverlag. Pp 48.

Bredekamp, Henry C. Jatti. 1981.
Background to the Khoikhoi rebellion of 1799-1803. Collected seminar papers of the Institute of Commonwealth Studies, v. 10, p. (?). London.

Bredekamp, Henry C. Jatti. 1982.
Van veeverskaffers tot veewagters: 'n historische onderzoek na betrekkinge tussen die Khoikhoi en europeëns aan die Kaap, 1662-1679. Bellville.

Bredekamp, Henry C. Jatti. 2001.
Khoisan revivalism and the indigenous peoples issue in post-apartheid South Africa. Africa's indigenous peoples: 'first peoples' or 'marginalised minorities'?, p. 191-209. Edited by Alan Barnard and Justin Kenrick. Centre of African Studies (CAS), University of Edinburgh.
Notes: On the Griqua.

Bredekamp, Henry C. Jatti; Newton-King, Susan. 1984.
The subjugation of the Khoisan during the 17th and 18th centuries. On the political economy of race: proceedings of the conference on economic development and racial domination, October 8-10, 1984, v. 1, p. 1-40. Bellville: University of the Western Cape.

Brincker, Peter Heinrich. 1886.
Die Bewohner des Nama- und Damralandes. Globus, 49, p. 231-233, 253-255, 265-267.
Notes: The spelling "Damralandes" is there in the title.

Brincker, Peter Heinrich. 1889.
Zur Sprachen- und Völkerkunde der Bantuneger und verwandter Stämme Südwestafrikas. Internationale Zeitschrift für allgemeine Sprachwissenschaft, 5 (1), p. 19-46.
Notes: Also published in book form the same year by Henninger in Heilborn, Germany.

Brincker, Peter Heinrich. 1897.
Deutscher Wortführer für die Bantu-Dialekte Otjihérero, Oshindónga und Oshikuánjama in Südwest-Afrika. Mit einem Anhang über die Thesen und Hypothesen über Art und Wesen der Clicks in der Dialekten Kafir-Bantu und Hottentotten. Elberfeld (Deutschland): Friederichsen & Co. Pp 562.
Reviews etc.: C. Velten, Mitteilungen des Seminars für orientalische Sprachen, v. 1 (1898) p. 205.
Notes: The original manuscript for this (v+684 pp) and the proof-read version (547 pp) are available at the Rheinische Missionsgesellschaft in Windhoek.

Brincker, Peter Heinrich. 1899.
Die Eingeborenen Deutsch-Südwest-Afrikas nach Geschichte, Charakter, Sitten, Gebrauchen und Sprachen. Mitteilungen des Seminars für orientalische Sprachen, 2 (III), p. 125-139.

Brink, Carl Frederik. 1762.
Dag register.
Notes: Early description of the Cape. Properly published 1947, with an English translation, by E.E. Mossop (Van Riebeek Society, Cape Town).

Brink, Carl Frederik. 1778.
Nouvelle description du Cap de Bonne-Espérence, avec un journal historique d'un voyage de terre, fait par ordre du gouverneur Ryk Tulbagh, dans l'intérieur de l'Afrique, par une caravane de 85 personnes, sous le commandement du Capitain Henri Hop. Traduit de la néerlandaise par J.N.S. Allamand. Amsterdam: Schneider. Pp viii, 130, 100.

Brink, Carl Frederik. 1778.
Nieuwste en beknopte beschryving van de Kaap der Goede Hoop, nevens een Dag-Verhaal van eenen landtogt naar het binnenste van Afrika, door het land der kleine en groote Namacquas. Amsterdam.

Brink, Carl Frederik. 1779.
Neue kurzgefasste beschreibung des Vorgebirges der guten Hoffnung, nebst dem Journal eines Landzuges in das Innerste von Afrika durch das Land der grossen und kleinen Namacquas. Aus dem holländischen übersetzt, mit Anmerkungen von J.N.S. Allamand und J.C. Klockner. Leipzig: Weygand.

Brink, Carl Frederik. 1947.
... [with an English translation by E.E. Mossop]. The journals of Brink and Rhenius, being the journal of Carel Frederik Brink of the journey into Great Namaqualand, 1761-1762, made by Captain Hendrik Hop, and the journal of Ensign Johannes Tobias Rhenius, 1724, p. (?). Edited by E.E. Mossop. Publications from the Van Riebeeck Society, 28. Cape Town.
Notes: Title wanting.

Brink, Yvonne. 2005.
The transformation of indigenous societies in the south-western Cape during the rule of the Dutch East India Company. The archaeology of contact in settler societies, p. 91-109. Cambridge University Press.

Broadbent, Samuel. 1860.
The missionary martyr of Namaqualand: memorials of the Rev. William Threlfall, late Wesleyan missionary in South Africa, who was murdered in Great Namaqualand, together with two native converts, Jacob Links and Johannes Jager. London: J. Mason. Pp iv, 170.

Broom, R. 1941.
Bushmen, Koranas and Hottentots. Annals of the Transvaal Museum, 20, p. 217-249.

Bruce, Frayne; Pendleton, Wade Carlton. 1998.
Southern African Migration Project: report from the findings of the 5th Nation Public Opinion Survey of Namibia. Social Sciences Division (SSD) research reports, 34. Windhoek: Multi-Disciplinary Research Centre, University of Namibia. Pp 71.

Bruwer, Johannes Petrus van Schalkwyk. 1966.
Khoisan and Bantu peoples of SWA. South West Africa Yearbook, p. 28-33. Windhoek.

Bruwer, Johannes Petrus van Schalkwyk. 1966.
Die Khoisan- en Bantoebevolking van Suidwes-Afrika. Die ethnischen Gruppen Südwestafrikas, p. 45-72. Wissenschaftliche Forschung in Südwestafrika, 3. Windhoek: Südwestafrikanische Wissenschaftliche Gesellschaft.

Bruyn, J. du. 1981.
The Oorlams Afrikaners: from dependence to dominance, c.1760-1823. Typescript. Pretoria: University of South Africa (UNISA).

Buchenroder, W.L. von. 1832.
Diary of a journey made by Governor Simon van der Stel to the country of the Amaquas, in the year 1685; translated from Dutch by W.L. von Buchenroder [pt. 1]. South African quarterly journal, second series, 1, p. 39-48.

Buchenroder, W.L. von. 1833.
Diary of a journey made by Governor Simon van der Stel to the country of the Amaquas, in the year 1685; translated from Dutch by W.L. von Buchenroder [pt. 2]. South African quarterly journal, second series, 2, p. 189-200.

Budack, Kuno Franz Robert. 1970.
Ein Beitrag zur Geschichte der Gai-//khaun (Rote Nation). Afrikanischer Heimatkalender (Windhoek), 41, p. 49-62.

Budack, Kuno Franz Robert. 1970/71.
Preisgedichte von Khoe-Khoe Häuptlingen in Südwestafrika. Journal of the SWA (South West Africa) Scientific Society, 25, p. 65-75.

Budack, Kuno Franz Robert. 1972.
Stam en stamkaptein by die Khoe-Khoen in Suidwes-Afrika. Etnografiese studies in Suidelike Afrika, p. 246-290. Edited by J.F. Eloff and R.D. Coertze. Pretoria: J.L. van Schaik.

Budack, Kuno Franz Robert. 1972.
Die traditionelle politische Struktur der Khoekhoen in Südwestafrika (Stamm und Stammersregierung, auf historischer Grundlage). Proefskrif (PhD). Pretoria: Universiteit van Suid-Afrika (UNISA).

Budack, Kuno Franz Robert. 1977.
The ≠Aonin or Topnaars of the Lower !Kuiseb Valley and the sea. Khoisan linguistic studies 3, p. 1-42. Edited by Anthony Traill. Communications from the African Studies Institute, 6. Johannesburg: University of the Witwatersrand.

Budack, Kuno Franz Robert. 1977.
Die Aonin und das Meer. Zur Sprachgeschichte und Ethnohistorie in Afrika, p. 14-37. Edited by Wilhelm Johann Georg Möhlig, Franz Rottland and Bernd Heine. Neue Beiträge afrikanistischer Forschungen. Berlin: Dietrich Reimer Verlag.

Budack, Kuno Franz Robert. 1979.
The Khoe-khoen of South West Africa. SWA journal, 1979, p. 111-115.
Notes: Source? What's SWA journal? It's not the Journal of the SWA (South West Africa) Scientific Society, at least.

Budack, Kuno Franz Robert. 1979.
Anmerkungen zum Preisgedicht des Häuptlings Jonker Afrikaner. Namibiana: communications of the ethno-historical study group, SWA (South West Africa) Scientific Society, 1 (1), p. 35-37.

Budack, Kuno Franz Robert. 1981?
Die Volker Südwestafrikas (31): ein vergessenes Volk? Das Problem der Hai//omn. Allgemeine Zeitung (Windhoek), v?, p. (?).

Budack, Kuno Franz Robert. 1983.
A harvesting people on the South Atlantic coast. South African journal of ethnology, 6 (2), p. 1-7.
Notes: Deals with the ≠Aonin.

Budack, Kuno Franz Robert. 1985.
Inter-etniese name in SWA. Logos (Windhoek), 5 (1/2), p. 133-144.

Budack, Kuno Franz Robert. 1986.
Die Klassifikation der Khwe-khwen (Naman) in Südwestafrika. Contemporary studies on Khoisan: in honour of Oswin Köhler on the occasion of his 75th birthday, pt. 1, p. 107-143. Edited by Rainer Vossen and Klaus Keuthmann. Quellen zur Khoisan-Forschung, 5. Hamburg: Helmut Buske Verlag.

Budack, Kuno Franz Robert. 1987.
Inter-ethnic relations as expressed in name-giving and cultural mimicry. Namibiana: communications of the ethno-historical study group, SWA (South West Africa) Scientific Society, 11, p. 41-53.

Budack, Kuno Franz Robert. 1988.
Inter-ethnic names for white men in South West Africa. Nomina africana: journal of the Names Society of Southern Africa, 2 (2), p. 171-185.

Bühler, Andreas Heinrich. 2003.
Der Namaaufstand gegen die deutsche Kolonialherrschaft in Namibia von 1904-1913. ISSA wissenchaftliche Reihe. Frankfurt-am-Main: IKO Verlag für Interkulturelle Kommunikation. Pp 435.
Reviews etc.: Dag Henrichsen, H-Net book reviews (online), April 2005.

Bulck, Gaston van [Révérend] [Père]. 1948.
Le problème bochiman et hottentot: les faits linguistiques. Studia missionalia, 4 (25), p. 119-185.
Notes: The article has the author pinned down as "V. van Bulck", which surely is a mistake (or?). Moreover, the article contains a table of contents where the pagination is given as 1-67, though the actual page numbers are numbered 119-185. (Possibly the table of contesn was made for an off-print.).

Bulck, Gaston van [Révérend] [Père]. 1952.
Les langues khoin. Les langues du monde, p. 905-940. Nouvelle édition. Edited by Antoine Meillet and Marcel Cohen. Paris: Centre National de la Recherche Scientifique (CNRS).

Bülow, Franz Josef von. 1896.
Drei Jahre im Lande Hendrik Witboois: Schilderung von Land und Leuten. Berlin: Ernst Siegfried Mittler & Sohn. Pp vi, 365.

Burchell, William John. 1822/24.
Travels in the Interior of Southern Africa, 2 vols. London: Longman, Hurst, Rees, Orme, Brown & Green.
Reviews etc.: H.M. McKay, "Sketch map of Burchell's trek", Journal of South African botany, v. 9 (1943) p. ?
Notes: Contains a few notes on Setswana S31, and something Khoekhoe. Reprinted 1953 by Batchworth Press in London, edited by Isaac Schapera; and 1967 by Cornelis Struik in Cape Town (Africana collectanea), with a new introduction by A. Gordon-Brown; and 1969 by Frank Cass & Co. in London (Cass library of African studies); and 1969 by Johnson Reprint Corporation in New York (Landmarks in anthropology series).

Burckhard, Christian. 1693.
Ost-Indianische Reisebeschreibung, oder kurzgefaster Abriss von Ost-Indien, und dessen angräntzenden Provincien [...]. Halle & Leipzig: J.F. Zeitler. Pp 24, 312.

Caille, Nicolas Louis de la. 1763.
Journal historique du voyage fait au Cap de Bonne-Espérance. Avec remarques et de réflexions sur les coutumes des Hottentots et des habitants du Cap. Paris: Guillyn. Pp xxxvi, 380.
Notes: Includes biographical information about the author.

Caille, Nicolas Louis de la. 1776.
Journal historique du voyage fait au Cap de Bonne-Espérance. Deuxième édition. Paris: Guillyn.

Campbell, Alec C. 1968.
The guide to Botswana. Johannesburg.

Campbell, Alec C. 1979.
The guide to Botswana. Second edition. Johannesburg & Gaborone: Winchester Press. Pp 672.

Campbell, Alec C. 1980.
The guide to Botswana. Third edition. Johannesburg & Gaborone: Winchester Press.

Campbell, John [Reverend]. 1815.
Travels in South Africa, undertaken at the request of the Missionary Society. London. Pp xv, 582.
Reviews etc.: C.M. Doke, "Bantu language pioneers of the nineteenth century", African studies, v. 14 (1940) p. 207-246; C.M. Doke, "Bantu language pioneers of the nineteenth century" (revised), African studies, v. 18 (1959) p. 1-27.
Notes: First edition? Includes some 80 Tswana words (p. 304+306), 74 Xhosa words (p. 561), and something on Cape Khoekhoe as well as the Korana.

Campbell, John [Reverend]. 1815.
Travels in South Africa, undertaken at the request of the Missionary Society. Second edition, corrected. London: Black, Parry & Co.; T. Hamilton. Pp xv, 400, plates.

Campbell, John [Reverend]. 1815.
Travels in South Africa, undertaken at the request of the Missionary Society. Third edition, corrected. London: Black, Parry & Co. Pp xv, 400, plates.
Reviews etc.: Anon, Quarterly review, 1815, p. 309-340.
Notes: Reprinted 1974 (though labelled as a fourth edition) in Cape Town (Africana collectanea, 47; ISBN-10 0-86977-044-6).

Campbell, John [Reverend]. 1816.
Reisen in Süd-Afrika, unternommen auf Verlangen der Mission-Gesellschaft. Nach der zweiten verbesserten englischen Auflage übersetzt. Nürnberg: Campe.

Campbell, John [Reverend]. 1822.
Travels in South Africa, undertaken at the request of the London Missionary Society, being a narrative of a second journey in the interior of that country, 2 vols. London: Westley for the London Missionary Society (LMS).
Notes: Reprinted 1967 by the Johnson Reprint Co. in New York (Landmarks in anthropology).

Campbell, John [Reverend]. 1823.
Reisen in Süd-Afrika: die zweite Reise in das Innere des Landes. Aus dem englischen übersetzt. Weimar. Pp iv, 300.

Campbell, John [Reverend]. 1830.
Hottentot children, with a particular account of Paul Dikkop, the son of a Hottentot chief, who died in England, Sept. 14, 1824. London: The Religious Tract Society. Pp 48.

Campbell, John [Reverend]. 1837.
Journal of travels in South Africa, among the Hottentot and other tribes, in the years 1812, 1813 and 1814. Abridged edition. London: The Religious Tract Society. Pp vi, 228.

Campbell, John [Reverend]. 1837.
A journey to Lattakoo. London: The Religious Tract Society.
Notes: A "travelogue with no word lists, but perhaps interesting comments for the historian or missionary goings on in the Korana area, and the San area to the north. Also, there are sporadic comments on who spoke what languages (some Korana trying to learn to read, etc) and who stole whose cattle".

Campbell, John [Reverend]. 1840.
Journal of travels in South Africa, among the Hottentot and other tribes, in the years 1812, 1813 and 1814. Second edition, abridged. London: The Religious Tract Society.
Notes: Could be a reprint.

Carstens, W. Peter. 1961.
The community of Steinkopf: an ethnographic study and an analysis of social change in Namaqualand. PhD thesis. University of Cape Town.

Carstens, W. Peter. 1969.
Some aspects of Khoikhoi (Hottentot) settlement patterns in historicoecological perspective. Contributions to anthropology, p. 95-101. Edited by David Damas. Bulletins from the National Museums of Canada, 230. Ottawa: Queens Printer for the National Museums of Canada.

Carstens, W. Peter. 1975.
Some implications of change in Khoikhoi supernatural beliefs. Religion and social change in southern Africa, p. 78-98. Edited by Michael G. Whisson and Martin West. Cape Town: David Philip Publ.

Carstens, W. Peter. 1982.
The socio-economic context of initiation ceremonies among two southern African peoples. Canadian journal of African studies / Revue canadienne des études africaines, 16, p. 505-522.

Carstens, W. Peter. 1983.
The inheritance of private property among the Nama of southern Africa reconsidered. Africa: journal of the International African Institute, 53 (2), p. 58-70.

Carstens, W. Peter. 1983.
Opting out of colonial rule: the brown voortrekkers of South Africa and their constitutions [pt. 1]. African studies, 42 (2), p. 135-152.
Notes: Deals with various written constitutions of some of RSA's early trekker populations: the Rehoboth Basters (Namibia), the Basters of Little Namaqualand, the Komaggas, Steinkopf, Concordia and the Rietfontein Basters.

Carstens, W. Peter. 1984.
Opting out of colonial rule: the brown voortrekkers of South Africa and their constitutions [pt. 2]. African studies, 43 (1), p. 19-30.

Carstens, W. Peter. 1985.
Agnes Winifred Hoernle (1885-1960): the mother of social anthropology in South Africa. Anthropology today, 1 (6), p. 17-18.

Champagnac, [?]. 1858.
Le voyageur de la jeunesse dans les cinq parties du monde, contenant la description géographique et pittoresque des divers pays [...]. Paris: Morizot. Pp viii, 645.
Notes: Deals with Khoekhoe on p. 424-429. "Contenant les résultats de Damberger et Levaillant" (Strohmeyer & Moritz 1975:3).

Chapman, James. 1868.
Travels in the interior of South Africa, comprising fifteen years' hunting and trading; with journeys across the continent from Natal to Walvisch Bay, and visits to Lake Ngami and Victoria Falls, 2 vols. London: Bell & Daldy; Edward Stanford.
Reviews etc.: Y. Baws, Index to 'Travels in the interior of South Africa' (1868) by James Chapman, (Public Library of Johannesburg, 1964).
Notes: The appendix to the second volume includes short vocabularies. Herero is erroneously referred to as "Damara". A much-expanded edition with missing parts appeared 1971 as Traveller in the interior of South Africa, 1849-1863, published by A.A. Balkema in Amsterdam.

Chapman, James. 1868/1971.
Traveller in the interior of South Africa, 1849-1863: hunting and trading journeys, from Natal to Walvis Bay & visits to Lake Ngami & Victoria Falls, 2 vols. Edited and expanded by E.C. Tabler. South African biographical and historical series, 10. Cape Town: A.A. Balkema. Pp xiv, 258; xiv, 244.
Notes: "Chapman's diaries were severely cut by more than one hand before they were first published in 1868. In this new, annotated version, E.C. Tabler ... has followed Chapman's original manuscripts now scattered in a number of places" (Marks 1975:310f). The original edition, titled Travels in the interior of South Africa, was published 1868 by Bell & Daldy and Edward Stanford.

Charency, Hyacinthe de. 1864.
Eléments de la grammaire hottentote, dialecte Nama. Revue orientale et américaine, supplément, 47, p. 24-263.

Chomsky, [Avram] Noam; Halle, Morris. 1968.
Manner of articulation features. The sound pattern of English, p. 317-326. New York, Evanston & London: Harper & Row Publ.
Notes: Contains two discussions about clicks (under "Release of secondary closures" and "Suction") which is based primarily on Beach's (1938) description of Nama clicks.

Christaller, Johann Gottlieb [Reverend]. 1887/88.
Bemerkungen zu R. Lepsius' Einleitung über die Völker und Sprachen Afrikas, Nubische Grammatik, 1880. Zeitschrift für afrikanische Sprachen, 1, p. 241-251.

Cipriani, Lidio. 1931.
Fra i boscimani dell'Etuscia e del deserto del Kalahari. L'universo: geografia, cartografia, studi urbani, territoriali e ambientali, 12, p. 550-582.
Notes: Discusses the Hai//om.

Cluver, August Dawid de Villiers. 1991.
Languages in contact and conflict in Africa: an ethnolinguistic survey of the languages of Namibia. Fourth draft copy. Pretoria: Department of Linguistics, University of South Africa (UNISA).

Cluver, August Dawid de Villiers. 2000.
Changing language attitudes: the stigmatisation of Khoekhoegowap in Namibia. Language problems and language planning, 24 (1), p. 77-100.

Coetzee, C.G.; Stern, A. Christel. 1985.
Die beleid wat gevolg is by amptelike pleknaamgewing in Duits-Suidwes-Afrika. Logos, 5 (1/2), p. 7-12.

Cole, Alfred Whaley. 1852.
The Cape and the Kafirs; or, notes on five years' residence in South Africa. London: Richard Bentley. Pp xv, 319.
Notes: Some kind of travelogue with data on the Nguni and Khoekhoe languages. Source?

Cole, Alfred Whaley. 1858.
Das Kap und die Kaffern, oder Mittheilungen über meinen fünfjährigen Aufenthalt in Südafrika. Aus dem englischen übersetzt von J.K. Hasskarl; Zweite Auflage. Leipzig: Edward Arnold. Pp xv, 280.

Colebrook, W.M.G. 1829.
Report on the state of the Hottentots and Bushmen. Cape Town.
Notes: See also Bigge (1830).

Colquhoun, Archibald Ross. 1893.
Matabeleland. Proceedings of the Royal Colonial Institute, 25, p. 44-103.
Notes: Includes something about Khoekhoe.

Contant d'Orville, André Guillaume. 1770/72.
Histoire des différens peuples du monde, cont. les cérémonies religieuses et civiles, l'origine des religions, leurs sectes et superstitions, et les moeurs et usages de chaque nation, 6 vols. Paris: Herissant.
Notes: Vol 4 contains notes on the Khoekhoe.

Cooley, William Desborough. 1833.
A memoir on the civilization of the tribes inhabiting the highlands near Dalagôa Bay. Journal of the Royal Geographical Society of London, 3, p. 310-324.
Notes: The author mentions the Amakosa, Zoolahs, Bechuána, Murûtsi, Maquaina, Wankîtsi, Damara, and others.

Crosby, Oscar T. 1931.
Notes on Bushmen and Ovambo in South West Africa. Journal of the African Society, 30 (121), p. 344-360.
Notes: Includes a short English-Hai//om-!Khun word & phrase list (p. 357-359). The article ends with "to be continued", but it seems unsure if any further parts were ever published.

Cruse, Hieronymus. 1669/1916.
Journael oft daghregister gehouden bijden Corporael Jeronimus Croes vertreckende door last van d'E. Hr. Commandeur Jacobus Borghorst uyt het fort de Goede Hope naer de Obiquas en Hessequaes om met deselve natie de veehandelingh door de aen hem daertoe medgegeven coopmanschappen, en't geene verder ten dienste ende tot profijt van d'E. Conp. e soude mogen strecken, te bevorderen, 1669. Reizen in Zuid-Afrika in de hollandse tijd, v. 1, p. 122-128. Edited by Everhardus Cornelis Godée-Molsbergen. Werken uitgegeven door de Linschoten-Vereeniging, 11. 's-Gravenhage: Martinus Nijhoff.
Notes: Publication of previously unpublished manuscripts (see Strohmeyer & Moritz 1975:6).

Cruttenden, Alan. 1992.
Clicks and syllables in the phonology of Dama. Lingua, 86 (2/3), p. 101-117.

Cruywagen, Edele Willem A. 1975.
Die arbeidspotentiaal van Suidwes-Afrika. Journal of racial affairs, 26 (4), p. 135-141.

Cuvier, M.G. 1817.
Extrait d'observations faites sur le cadavre d'une femme connue à Paris et à Londres sous le nom de Vénus Hottentot. Mémoires du Museum d'Histoire Naturelle, 3, p. 259-274.

Dahle, Wendula; Leyerer, Wolfgang. 1992.
The Rehoboth Basters. Namibia Express Reisehandbuch, p. 237-242. Edited by Wendula Dahle and Wolfgang Leyerer. Leer (Deutschland): Mundo.

Damberger, Christian Friedrich (Zacharias Taurinius). 1801.
Landreise in das Innere von Afrika, vom Vorgebirge der guten Hoffnung durch die Kaffarey, die Königreiche Mataman, Angola, Massi, Monomuegi, Muschako, u.a.m., ferner durch die Wüste Sahara und die nördliche Barbarey bis nach Morocco, in den Jahren 1781 bis 1797, 2 Bde. Leipzig: Martini. Pp vi, 218; 278.
Notes: "Fabricated travels; but contains good informations about Hottentots" (Strohmeyer & Moritz 1975:7). Reprinted 1930 by Uhlenhorst-Verlag Brenner in Hamburg, though it could be an abridgement (315 pp).

Damberger, Christian Friedrich (Zacharias Taurinius). 1801.
Travels through the interior of Africa from the Cape of Good Hope to Morocco. Translated from German. London: Lee. Pp 360.
Notes: Abridged translation?

Damberger, Christian Friedrich (Zacharias Taurinius). 1801.
Travels through the interior of Africa from the Cape of Good Hope to Morocco; in the Caffraria, the kingdoms of Mataman, Angola, Massi, Monoemugi, Muschako, Bahahara, Wangara, Haoussa, &c., &c., and thence through the desert of the Sahara and the north of Barbary to Morocco, between the years 1781 and 1797. Faithfully translated from German. London: Phillips. Pp xxii, 544.

Damberger, Christian Friedrich (Zacharias Taurinius). 1801.
Voyage dans l'intérieur de l'Afrique, depuis le Cap de Bonne-Espérance, à travers la Cafrérie, les royaumes de Mataman, et d'Angola, de Massi, de Monoémugi, de Muschako, etc., en continuant par le désert de Sahara et la partie septentrionale de la Barbarie, jusqu'à Maroc, commencé en 1781 et achevé en 1797, 2 vols. Traduit de l'allemand par L.H. Delamarre. Paris & Stuttgart: König.

Dammann, Ernst. 1956/57.
Die Sprache als Ausdruck des Denkens, erläutert an südwestafrikanischen Sprachen. Journal of the SWA (South West Africa) Scientific Society, 12, p. 69-80.

Dammann, Ernst. 1971.
Deutsche Missionare als Erforscher der Sprachen im südlichen Afrika. Afrikanischer Heimatkalender (Windhoek), 42, p. 59-65.

Dammann, Ernst. 1982.
Zur Ortographie des Nama. Afrika und Übersee, 65 (1), p. 15-27.

Damme, Patrick van; Eynden, Veerle van den. 1992.
Topnaar or Hottentot? The people on the top revisited. Afrika-Focus (Ghent), 8 (3/4), p. 215-221.

Dampier, William [Kapitein]. 1697.
A new voyage round the world: describing particularly the Isthmus of Americ, several coasts and islands [...], New Holland, Sumatra, Nicobar Isles, the Cape of Good Hope, and Santa Hellena; their soil, rivers, harbours, plants, fruits, animals and inhabitants, their customs, religion, government, trade etc.. London: James Knapton. Pp vi, 550.
Notes: Contains a description of the 'Homodods', i.e. the Khoekhoe (Strohmeyer & Moritz 1975:7). There are several subsequent editions of this, some of which are abridged. There is also a reprint dated 1927 by Argonaut Press in London, possibly abridged.

Dampier, William [Kapitein]. 1697.
A new voyage round the world: describing particularly the Isthmus of America, several coasts and islands in the West Indies, the isles of Cape Verd, the passage by Terra del Fuego, the South Sea coasts of chili, Peru, and Mexico, the isle of Guam, one of the Ladrones, Mindanao, and other Philippine and East-India islands near Cambodia, China, Formosa, Luconia, Celebes &c., New Holland, Sumatra, Nicobar isles, the Cape of Good Hope, and Santa Hellena. Second edition, corrected. London: James Knapton. Pp vi, 550.
Notes: There exist several abridged 19th-century editions of this.

Dampier, William [Kapitein]. 1698.
A new voyage round the world: describing particularly the Isthmus of America, several coasts and islands in the West Indies, the Isles of Cape Verd, the passage by Terra del Fuego, the South Sea Coasts of Chili, Peru, and Mexico, the Isle of Guam, one of the Ladrones, Mindanao and other Philippine and East-India Islands near Cambodia, China, Formosa, Luconia, Celebes &c., New Holland, Sumatra, Nicobar Isles, the Cape of Good Hope, and Santa Hellena. Third edition, corrected. London: James Knapton. Pp 550.

Dampier, William [Kapitein]. 1715.
Nouveau voyage autour du monde, 5 vols. Traduit de l'anglais. Rouen.

Dapper, Olfert. 1668.
Naukeurige beschrijvinge der Afrikaensche Gewesten. Amsterdam: Van Meurs.
Reviews etc.: P.E.H. Hair, "An early seventeenth-century vocabulary of Vai", African studies, v. 23 (1964) p. 129-139; Jürgen Zwernemann, "Zwei Quellen des 17. Jahrhunderts über die Vai in Liberia: Samuel Brun und Olfert Dapper", Neue afrikanistische Studien (ed. by Johannes Lukas, 1966) p. 293-318; Paul E.H. Hair, "Ethnolinguistic continuity on the Guinea coast", Journal of African history, v. 8 (1967) p. 247-269; P.E.H. Hair, "An ethnolinguistic inventory of the Lower Guinea coast before 1700", African language review, v. 7 (1968) p. 47-73, v. 8 (1969) p. 225-236; P.E.H. Hair, "The earliest vocabularies of Cameroons Bantu", African studies, v. 28 (1969) p. 49-54.
Notes: This might a two-volume thing. It mentions several peoples, sometimes with specimens of languages (see Hair 1967), e.g. Bolm (Bullom), Cilm (Krim), Gebbe (Bassa-dialect), Quaabe (Krahn?), Gala (Gola), Kquoja (Vai), Konde-Kquoja (Kono), Hondo (Mende?), Karradoboe (Koranko?), Folgia (Gio?), Manoe (Mano?), Duala, Khoekhoe, Ijo.

Dapper, Olfert. 1670.
Umbständliche und eigentliche Beschreibung von Afrika. Aus dem holländischen übersetzt von J.C. Beer. Amsterdam: Van Meurs. Pp xvii, 695, 101.
Notes: Contains notes on 'Mataman' and 'Klimbebe or Zimbebas' on p. 601-602 plus Khoekhoe on p. 602-627 (Strohmeyer & Moritz 1975:7). Reprinted 1967 by Johnson Reprint Corporation in New York (Landmarks in anthropology series).

Dapper, Olfert. 1670.
Africa: being an accurate description. Translated by John Ogilby. London. Pp 767.

Dapper, Olfert. 1676.
Naukeurige beschrijvinge der Afrikaensche Gewesten, 2 boeke. Tweede uitgave. Amsterdam: Van Meurs.
Notes: The chapter entitled "Kaffrarie of Lant der Kaffers, anders Hottentots genaemt" was later republished and translated by Schapera (1933).

Dapper, Olfert. 1676/1933.
Kaffrarie, of lant der Kaffers, anders Hottentots genannt / Kaffraria, or land of the Hottentots [with translation by Isaac Schapera]. The early Cape Hottentots, p. 6-77. Edited by Isaac Schapera. Publications from the Van Riebeeck Society, 14. Cape Town.
Notes: Includes extracts and translations from the second edition of Dapper's Naukeurige beschrijvinge der Afrikaensche Gewesten.

Dapper, Olfert. 1686.
Description de l'Afrique, contenant les noms, la situation et les confins de toutes les parties, lers rivières, leurs villes et leurs habitations, leurs plantes et leurs animaux; les moeurs, les coutûmes, la langue, les richelles, la religion, et le gouvernement de les peuples. Traduite du Flamand. Amsterdam: Wolfgang, Waesberge, Boom & Van Sommeren. Pp vi, 534, xii.
Reviews etc.: Anon, Littell's living age (New York), v. 66 (1860) p. 412.
Notes: Reprinted 1970 by Johnson Reprint Corporation in New York (Landmarks in anthropology series).

Dart, Raymond Arthur. 1955.
Three Strandlopers from the Kaokoveld coast. South African journal of science, 55, p. 175-178.

Davey, Anthony S. 1979.
Some remarks on tonal realization in Nama: a preliminary survey. Bushman and Hottentot linguistic studies 1977, p. 52-61. Edited by Jan Winston Snyman. Pretoria: University of South Africa (UNISA).

Davids, Laurentius S. 1997.
Cost-effectiveness of publishing educational materials in African languages: Namibia. Cost-effectiveness of publishing educational materials in African languages, p. 57-78. Edited by Maureen Woodhall. Perspectives on African book development, 1. London: Working Group on Books and Learning Materials, Association for the Development of Education in Africa.

Davids, Laurentius S. 1997.
Centralisation and identity: sub-regional language cooperation. Shaping Africa's future through innovative curricula, p. 101-107. Edited by Roger Avenstrup. Windhoek: Gamsberg Macmillan Publ.

Davids, Laurentius S. 2001.
Empowering African languages in the Namibian education system. Language and development in southern Africa: making the right choices, p. 123-135. Edited by Richard Trewby and Sandra Fitchat. Windhoek: Gamsberg Macmillan Publ.

Davids, Laurentius S. 2002.
Mother-tongue education: the case of Khoekhoegowab. Reports on mother-tongue education, p. 77-82. Edited by T. Beckett. Cape Town: Project for Alternative Education in South Africa (PRAESA), University of Cape Town (UCT).

Davids, Laurentius S. 2002.
Co-operation for the standardisation and harmonisation of Khoe and San languages in southern Africa. Speaking in unison: the harmonisation and standardisation of southern African languages, p. 223-235. Edited by Kwesi Kwaa Prah. CASAS (Centre for Advanced Studies of African Society) book series, 22. Cape Town.

Davids, Laurentius S. 2003.
The status of Khoe and San speaking people and languages in Namibia: a baseline study. Silenced voices: studies on minority languages of southern Africa, p. 101-127. Edited by Kwesi Kwaa Prah. CASAS (Centre for Advanced Studies of African Society) book series, 34. Cape Town.

Davies, Ian R.L.; Roling, Polly; Corbett, Greville G.; Xoagub, Fritz; Xoagub, Jomo. 1998.
Color terms and color term acquisition in Damara. Journal of linguistic anthropology, 7 (2), p. 181-207.

Decrey, Jean. 1939.
Recherches de morphologie comparative sur la mandibule des Bochimans, Hottentots, et Griquas. Thèse. Université de Genève.

Decrey, Jean. 1940/41.
Recherches de morphologie comparative sur la mandibule des Bochimans, Hottentots, et Griquas. Archives suisses d'anthropologie générale, 9 (1/2), p. 1-77.
Notes: Publication of the author's dissertation, University of Geneva, 1939.

Dedering, Tilman. 1990.
Khoikhoi and missionaries in early nineteenth-century southern Namibia: social change in a frontier zone. Kleio (Pretoria), 22, p. 24-41.

Dedering, Tilman. 1997.
Hate the old and follow the new: Khoekhoe and missionaries in early nineteenth-century Namibia. Missionsgeschichtliches Archiv, 2. Stuttgart. Pp 205.
Notes: "Extensive analysis of southern Namibia between c.1800 to c.1840: internal dynamics of Nama society, impact of the Oorlam migrations. Critical assesment of the theoretical and empirical basis of Brigite Lau's work" (Dag Henrichsen, Namibia Bibliographical Update 24.6.1997).

Deeke, Jürgen. 1986.
Sprachdokumente des 17. und 18. Jahrhunderts über das Hottentottische der westlichen Kapregion: eine kritische Analyse der Überlieferungsgeschichte. Magisterarbeit. Institut für Afrikanistik, Universität zu Köln.

Dehérain, Henri. 1904/09.
Etudes sur l'Afrique, 2 vols. Paris: Hachette.
Notes: The first volume deals with "Soudan orientale, Ethiopie, Afrique équatoriale, Afrique du Sud", and the second with "Le Cap de Bonne-espérance au XVIIe siècle".

Delegorgue, Adulphe. 1847.
Voyage dans l'Afrique australe, notamment dans le territoire de Natal, dans celui des Cafres, Amazoulous et Makatisses et jusqu'a au tropique du Capricorne, exécuté pendant les années 1838-1844, 2 vols. Paris.
Notes: The second volume contains a 800-item Zulu vocabulary.

Delegorgue, Adulphe. 1990/97.
Travels in southern Africa, 2 vols. Translated from French by Fleur Webb, with an introduction and annotations by Stephanie Alexander and edited by Colin de B. Webb. Pietermaritzburg: University of Natal Press.

Delius, Peter; Trapido, Stanley. 1983.
Inboekselings and Orlams: the creation of and transformation of a servile class. Town and countryside in the Transvaal, p. (?). Edited by B. Bozzoli. Johannesburg: Ravan Press.

Dempwolff, Otto. 1913.
Sprechapparate beim Unterricht der Namasprache. Vox: internationales Zentralblatt für experimentelle Phonetik, Reihe H, 5, p. 246-255.

Dempwolff, Otto. 1919/20.
Ein Sanskritwort im Hottentottischen. Zeitschrift für Eingeborenen-Sprachen, 10, p. 61-63.

Dempwolff, Otto. 1927.
Die Hervorhebung von Satzteilen als Anlass zur Verwendung besonderer Wortformen. Festschrift Meinhof, p. 73-80. Glückstadt & Hamburg: J.J. Augustin.
Notes: Deals with Nama and Malay.

Dempwolff, Otto. 1934/35.
Einführung in die Sprache der Nama-Hottentotten. Zeitschrift für Eingeborenen-Sprachen, 25, p. 30-66, 89-134, 188-229.

Denbow, James Raymond. 1986.
A new look at the later prehistory of the Kalahari. Journal of African history, 27 (1), p. 3-28.

Denbow, James Raymond; Campbell, Alec C. 1986.
The early stages of food production in southern Africa and some potential linguistic correlations. Sprache und Geschichte in Afrika (SUGIA), 7 (1), p. 83-103.

Denbow, James Raymond; Wilmsen, Edwin N. 1986.
Advent and course of pastoralism in the Kalahari. Science, 234 (4783), p. 1509-1515.

Dentlinger, Ursula. 1977.
The !nara plant in the Topnaar Hottentot culture in Namibia: ethnobotanical clues to an 8000-year-old tradition. Munger africana library notes, 38. Pasadena CA: California Institute of Technology (CalTech). Pp 39.

Desforêts, Edouard. 1861.
Joseph Duplessis, ou le futur missionaire en Cafrerie: souvenirs d'un voyage dans la Colonie du Cap du Bonne-Espérance, dans le pays des Hottentots, des Boschesmans et de Cafres. Publiée par J.J.E. Roy. Bibliothèque illustrée de la jeunesse, série II. Tours: Alfred Mame & fils. Pp 347.

Dickens, Charles. 1853.
The noble savage. Household words: a weekly journal (London), 11 June 1853, p. 337-339.

Dieckmann, Ute. 2007.
Hai//om in the Etosha Region: a history of colonial settlement, ethnicity and nature conservation. Basel: Basler Afrika Bibliographien (BAB). Pp 398.

Dierks, Klaus. 1999.
Chronology of Namibian history from pre-historical times to independent Namibia. Windhoek: Namibia Scientific Society. Pp 270.

Dietrich, Keith. 1993.
Of salvation and civilization: the image of indigenous Southern Africans in European travel illustrations from the sixteenth to the nineteenth centuries. PhD thesis. University of South Africa (UNISA).

Dinter, Kurt. 1912.
Die vegetabilische Veldkonst Deutsch-Südwest-Afrika. Bautzen & Okahandja: Rühl. Pp 47.

Doke, Clement Martyn. 1925.
An outline of the phonetics of the language of the Chû: Bushmen of north-west Kalahari. Bantu studies and general South African anthropology, 2 (3), p. 129-165.
Notes: The article includes a few sample words of Hai//om. Note also that <Chû:> in the title is only a rough graphic approximation of the actual spelling. The <C> should be the retroflex IPA click symbol (the old version). The <u:> should have two diacritics, a tilde on top and a circumflex below.

Doke, Clement Martyn. 1933.
A preliminary investigation into the state of the native languages in South Africa, with suggestions as to research and the development of literature. Bantu studies, 7 (1), p. 1-99.
Notes: Includes, among other things, "An alphabetical bibliography of Bushman language and literature" (p. 34-35), "List of most important works dealing with the Nama language" (p. 36-38), "List of works dealing with the Korana language" (p. 38-39), "List of the most important works dealing with Herero, Ndonga, Kwanyama" (p. 93-99).

Dornan, Samuel Shaw. 1917.
The Tati Bushmen (Masarwas) and their language. Journal of the Royal Anthropological Institute of Great Britain and Ireland, 47, p. 37-112.
Notes: Contains comparisons between Tati Bushman and Nama, !Ora and several Bushman languages.

Dornan, Samuel Shaw. 1921.
Tati Bushmen. Hasting's encyclopaedia of religion and ethics, 12, p. 205-208.

Dornan, Samuel Shaw. 1925.
Pygmies and Bushmen of the Kalahari: an account of the hunting tribes inhabiting the great arid plateau of the Kalahari desert, their precarious manners of living, their habits, customs and beliefs; with some reference to Bushman art, both early and of recent date, and to the neighbouring African tribes. London: Seeley, Service & Co. Pp 312.
Reviews etc.: Alice Werner, Bulletin of the School of Oriental Studies, v. 3 (1925) p. 851-852.
Notes: Deals with "Bushmen [Hiechware], Hottentots, Herero" (Strohmeyer 1982:189). Reprinted 1975 as a 'new edition' by Cornelis Struik Publishers in Cape Town, with a new introduction by Ione Rudner (Africana collectanea, 50; ISBN-10 0-86977-055-1).

Dove, Karl. 1899.
Geographische Bezeichnungen in der Namasprache. Mitteilungen des Seminars für orientalische Sprachen, 2 (III), p. 57-65.
Notes: Unsure about the pagination.

Dove, Karl. 1913.
Die Eingeborenen Südwestafrikas. Koloniale Zeitschrift, 14, p. 332-333, 341-345, 357-361, 376-379.

Drechsler, Horst. 1966.
Südwestafrika unter deutscher Kolonialherrschaft: der Kampf der Herero und Nama gegen den deutschen Imperialismus (1884-1915). Studien zur Geschichte Asiens, Afrikas und Lateinamerikas. Berlin: Akademie-Verlag. Pp 372.
Reviews etc.: Anthony Atmore, Bulletin of the School of Oriental and African Studies, v. 30 (1967) p. 738-739.
Notes: "An excellent, detailed account of Herero-Nama-German interaction" (Barnard 1992:60).

Drechsler, Horst. 1980.
Let us die fighting! The struggles of the Herero and Nama against German imperialism, 1884-1915. Translated from German. London: Zed Books. Pp x, 277.

Drexel, Albert. 1921/22.
Gliederung der afrikanischen Sprachen [pt. 1]. Anthropos: internationale Zeitschrift für Völker- und Sprachenkunde, 16/17, p. 72-108, map.
Reviews etc.: J.H. Greenberg, "The classification of African languages", American anthropologist, new series, v. 50 (1948) p. 24-30.
Notes: The article as such starts on page 73. On page 72 there is a linguistic-genetic classification of the languages discussed. Facing page 72 there is also a coloured map showing some geographical distributions. This first part discusses Die Khoin-Sprachen (= mainly Nama incl. Sandawe and Hadza!) and Die Wule-Sprachen (= Ubangi plus Fang and Kirundi).

Drexel, Albert. 1929/30.
Das grammatische Geschlecht im Nama und Sandawe. Bibliotheca africana (Innsbruck), 3, p. 51-58.

Dreyer, T.F.; Meiring, A.J.D. 1952.
The Hottentot. Navorsinge van die Nasionale Museum, Bloemfontein, 1, p. 19-22.

Duly, L.C. 1972.
A revisit with the Cape's Hottentot Ordinance of 1828. Studies in economics and economic history, p. (?). Edited by M. Kooy. London & Durham NC.

Duminy, Andrew; Guest, Bill. (Ed.) 1989.
Natal and Zululand from earliest times to 1910. Pietermaritzburg. Pp 489.

Dunn, Edward John. 1931.
The Bushman. London: C. Griffin & Co. Pp xii, 130, plates.

Dunn, Edward John. 1937.
The Bushmen. South African journal of science, 33, p. 1050-1054.
Notes: Describes the distribution of Khoekhoe and Bushman anno 1870 (Köhler 1981:477).

Dunn, Robert. 1875.
Some remarks on ethnic psychology. Journal of the Anthropological Institute of Great Britain and Ireland, 4, p. 255-265.
Notes: Discusses South Khoesan Bushmen as well as Khoikhoi.

Duparquet, Charles. 1868.
... [Title and details wanting]. Les missions catholiques, 1, p. (?).
Notes: A total of four articles. Deals with "Dâmaras, Namacuas, Hereros, Quanhamas, Ovampos, Bushman, Humbe e Cubangos" (Strohmeyer & Moritz 1975:8).

Duparquet, Charles. 1879.
... [Title and details wanting]. Les missions catholiques, 11, p. (?).

Duparquet, Charles. 1880.
... [Title and details wanting]. Les missions catholiques, 12, p. (?).

Duparquet, Charles. 1881.
... [Title and details wanting]. Les missions catholiques, 13, p. (?).

Duparquet, Charles. 1953.
Viagens na Cimbebásia: versão e prefácio de Gastão de Sousa Dias. Luanda: Museu de Angola. Pp 185.
Notes: Contains four articles originally published in Missions catholiques, vols 1 (1868) & 11-13 (1879-1881). Deals with "Dâmaras, Namacuas, Hereros, Quanhamas, Ovampos, Bushman, Humbe e Cubangos" (Strohmeyer & Moritz 1975:8).

Ebner, Johann Leonhardt. 1829.
Reise nach Süd-Afrika, und Darstellung meiner während acht Jahren daselbst als Missionar unter den Hottentotten gemachten Erfahrungen, so wie einer kurzen Beschreibung meiner ganzen, bisherigen Lebensschicksale. Berlin: Oehmigke & Ebner in Kommission. Pp xvi, 342.

Eggert, J.F.J. 1856.
Vocabular der Namasprache. Manuskript. Institut für Afrikanistik, Universität zu Köln. Pp 290.
Notes: An unfinished Nama-Dutch/Dutch-Nama dictionary.

Ehret, Christopher. 1967.
Cattle-keeping and milking in eastern and southern African history: the linguistic evidence. Journal of African history, 8 (1), p. 1-17.

Ehret, Christopher. 1982.
The first spread of food production to southern Africa. The archaeological and linguistic reconstruction of African history, p. 158-181. Edited by Christopher Ehret and Merrick Posnansky. Berkeley, Los Angeles & London: University of California Press.

Ehret, Christopher. 1986.
Proposals on Khoisan reconstruction. Sprache und Geschichte in Afrika (SUGIA), 7 (2), p. 105-130.

Ehret, Christopher; Bink, M.; Ginindza, T.; Gotschall, E.; Hall, B.; Hlatshwayo, M.; Johnson, D.; Pouwels, Randall L. 1972.
Outlining southern African history: a re-evaluation, AD 100-1500. Ufahamu: journal of the African Activist Association (Los Angeles), 3 (1), p. 9-27.
Notes: Deals with Bantu/Khoe interactions.

Ehrmann, Theophil Friedrich. 1791/98.
Geschichte der merkwürdigsten Reisen, welche set dem zwölften Jahrhunderte zu Wasser und zu Land unternommen worden sind, 22 Bde. Frankfurt-am-Main: Hermannsche Buchhandlung.
Notes: Mentions/discusses a variety of African languages, Ngangela K12b, Shona S10, Herero R31, Susu, Bullom, Timmani (Temne), Khoekhoe, and others.

Eiseb, Eliphas; Giess, Wilhelm; Haacke, Wilfrid [Heinrich] [Gerhard]. 1991.
A preliminary list of Khoekhoe (Nama/Damara) plant names. Dinteria, 21, p. 17-30.

Eiseb, Eliphas; Haacke, Wilfrid [Heinrich] [Gerhard]. 1999.
Khoekhoegowab language of Damara, Hai//om and Nama. Windhoek: Gamsberg Macmillan Publ.

Elbourne, Elizabeth. 1992.
Early Khoisan uses of mission Christianity. Kronos: journal of Cape history, 19, p. 3-27.

Elderkin, Edward Derek. 1986.
Kxoe tone and Kxoe 'jonctures'. Contemporary studies on Khoisan: in honour of Oswin Köhler on the occasion of his 75th birthday, v. 1, p. 225-235. Edited by Rainer Vossen and Klaus Keuthmann. Quellen zur Khoisan-Forschung, 5. Hamburg: Helmut Buske Verlag.

Elffers, Hubertus. 1902.
Through the thirst land: a story of Kalahari. Collection of articles originally published in Cape Times. Cape Town: J.C. Juta. Pp 38.

Elliott, William [Reverend]. 1845.
Origin of the Hottentot language. Eastern Province herald (Port Elizabeth), 7 May 1845, p. (?).
Reviews etc.: S.A. Rochlin, "Some South African language pioneers of the nineteenth century", African studies, v. 14 (1955) p. 171-173.

Elphick, Richard H. 1972.
The Cape Khoi and the first phase of South African race relations. PhD thesis. New Haven CN: Yale University.

Elphick, Richard H. 1974.
Comment on Boeseken's "The meaning, origin and use of the terms Khoikhoi, San and Khoisan". Cabo, 2 (1), p. 3-7.
Reviews etc.: Anna J. Boeseken, "The meaning, origin and use of the terms Khoikhoi, San and Khoisan", Cabo, v. 1 (1972) p. 5-10; Anna J. Boeseken, (reply), Cabo, v. 2 (1974) p. 8-10; Richard H. Elphick, (final comment), Cabo, v. 3 (1975) p. 12-15; Anna J. Boeseken, "On changing terminology in history", Cabo, v. 2 (1975) p. 16-18.

Elphick, Richard H. 1975.
Final comment on Boeseken's "The meaning, origin and use of the terms Khoikhoi, San and Khoisan". Cabo, 3, p. 12-15.
Reviews etc.: Anna J. Boeseken, "The meaning, origin and use of the terms Khoikhoi, San and Khoisan", Cabo, v. 1 (1972) p. 5-10; Richard H. Elphick, (comment), Cabo, v. 2 (1974) p. 3-7; Anna J. Boeseken, (reply), Cabo, v. 2 (1974) p. 8-10; Anna J. Boeseken, "On changing terminology in history", Cabo, v. 2 (1975) p. 16-18.

Elphick, Richard H. 1977.
Kraal and castle: Khoikhoi and the founding of White South Africa. Yale historical publications: miscellany, 116. New Haven CN & London: Yale University Press.
Reviews etc.: Yvette Abrahams, "'Take me to your leaders': a critique of Kraal and castle", Kronos: journal of Cape history, v. 22 (1995) p. 21-35.

Elphick, Richard H. 1985.
Khoikhoi and the founding of White South Africa. Second edition. Johannesburg: Ravan Press. Pp xxii, 266.
Notes: New edition of Kraal and castle, publ. 1977.

Elphick, Richard H.; Shell, Robert Carl-Heinz. 1989.
Intergroup relations: Khoikhoi, settlers, slaves and free blacks, 1652-1795. The shaping of South African society, 1652-1840, p. 184-239. Second edition. Edited by Richard H. Elphick and Hermann Giliomee. Middletown CN & Cape Town: Wesleyan University Press; Maskew Miller Longman.

Engelbrecht, Jan Antonie. 1925.
Suffixbildung in den südafrikanischen Bantusprachen mit besonderen Berücksichtigung hottentottischer Einflüsse. Mitteilungen des Seminars für orientalische Sprachen, 28 (III), p. 86-131.
Notes: Publication of the author's dissertation, Friedrich-Wilhelms-Universität Berlin, 1925.

Engelbrecht, Jan Antonie. 1928.
Studies oor die Korannataal. Annale van die Universiteit van Stellenbosch, 6,B,2. Kaapstad: Nasionale Pers. Pp 45.
Notes: "Containing a grammatical sketch and copious vocabulary" (Doke 1933:38).

Engelbrecht, Jan Antonie. 1935.
The tribes of Wikar's journal. The journal of Hendrik Jacob Wikar (1779) and the journals of Jacobus Coetzé Jansz (1766) and Willem van Reenen (1791), p. 221-237. Edited by E.E. Mossop. Publications from the Van Riebeeck Society, 15. Cape Town.

Engelbrecht, Jan Antonie. 1936.
The Korana: an account of their customs and their history, with texts. Cape Town: Maskew Miller. Pp 239.
Notes: Includes a section "The language" (p. 197-239).

Engelbrecht, Jan Antonie. 1937.
Die wordings- en verwordings-geskiedenis van die Koranna. Publikasies van die Universiteit van Pretoria, reeks 4: intreeredes, 8. Pretoria: Universiteit van Pretoria. Pp 19.

Engelbrecht, S.J. 1925.
Die Hottentotsinvloed op Afrikaans in die distrik Gordonia. (journal?), v?, p. 30-31.
Notes: Details wanting. Referred to with the above insufficient data by Nienaber & Raper (1980:772).

Erasmus, P. 2005.
The 'lost' South African tribe: rebirth of the Koranna in the Free-State. New Contree, 50, p. (?).

Essen, Otto von. 1955.
Über wortdifferenzierende Tonhöhen der Namasprache. Afrikanistische Studien 5: Festschrift für D. Westermann, p. 350-354. Edited by Johannes Lukas. Veröffentlichungen des Instituts für Orientforschung der Deutschen Akademie der Wissenschaften zu Berlin, 26. Berlin: Akademie-Verlag.

Essen, Otto von. 1957.
Das Phonemsystem des Nama-Hottentottischen. Zeitschrift für Phonetik und allgemeine Sprachwissenschaft, 10 (2), p. 127-143.

Essen, Otto von. 1962.
Sprachliche Ermittlungen im Nama-Hottentottischen nach einer Tonbandaufnahme. Zeitschrift für Phonetik, Sprachwissenschaft und Kommunikationsforschung, 15 (1/2), p. 65-92.

Essen, Otto von. 1965/66.
Über die Anschlussarten Schnalz-Vokal im Namahottentottischen. Afrika und Übersee, 49, p. 53-58.

Essen, Otto von. 1966.
Zur Intonation der Frage im Nama-Hottentottischen. Neue afrikanistische Studien: Festschrift für A. Klingenheben, p. 79-88. Edited by Johannes Lukas. Hamburger Beiträge zur Afrika-Kunde, 5. Hamburg: Deutsches Institut für Afrika-Forschung.

Estermann, Carlos [Padre]. 1951.
Os "Vatwa". Mensário administrativo (Luanda), 49/50, p. 51-54.
Notes: Mentions Kwepe, Kwisi, Dama of Angola, among others.

Fauvelle-Aymar, François-Xavier. 1999.
Le hottentot, ou l'homme-limite: généalogie de la représentation des khoisan en Occident XVe-XIXe siècle. Thèse. Université Panthéon-Sorbonne (Paris 1).

Fauvelle-Aymar, François-Xavier. 1999.
Quel passé pour les Khoisan? Représentations, mémoire, héritages. Cahiers d'études africaines, 39 (155/156), p. 979-985.

Fauvelle-Aymar, François-Xavier. 2002.
L'invention du Hottentot: histoire du regard occidental sur les Khoisan. Paris: Publications de la Sorbonne. Pp 415.
Reviews etc.: Irene Staehlin, International journal of African history, v. 35 (2002) p. 604-605; Patrick Harries, "European images of the Khoisan", Journal of African history, v. 46 (2005) p. 153-154.
Notes: Publication (revised?) of the author's dissertation (Le hottentot, ou l'homme-limite), Université Panthéon-Sorbonne (Paris 1), 1999.

Fauvelle-Aymar, François-Xavier. 2005.
Four wordlists of extinct Cape Khoekhoe from the 18th century. Studies in African linguistics, 33 (2), p. 159-178.

Firla, Monika. 1994.
Kants Bild von den Khoi-Khoin (Südafrika). Tribus: Veröffentlichungen des Linden Museums, 43, p. 60-94.

Fisch, Maria. (Ed.) 1999.
Die ältesten Reiseberichte über Deutsch-Südwestafrika, gesammelt und herausgegeben 1915-1918 von Professor Dr E. Moritz. Teil 1: die 25 frühesten Landreisen 1760-1842; Teil 2: die Berichte der Rheinischen Mission bis zum Jahre 1846. Windhoek: Namibia Wissenschaftliche Gesellschaft. Pp 224.
Notes: Reprints of articles originally collected, edited and published by Eduard Moritz in Mitteilungen aus den deutschen Schutzgebieten, v. 28, 29 & 31.

Fischer, Eugen. 1913.
Die Rehohother Bastards und das Bastardierungsproblem beim Menschen: anthropologische und ethnographische studien am Rehobother Bastardvolk in Deutsch-Südwest-Afrika. Jena: Verlag Gustav Fischer für die Königliche Preussische Akademie der Wissenschaften zu Berlin. Pp vii, 327.
Reviews etc.: C.G. S[eligman], Man, v. 15 (1915) p. 16 (art. 7).
Notes: Reprinted 1961 by Akademische Druck- und Verlagsanstalt in Graz.

Fischer, Eugen. 1955.
Über die sogenannte Hottentotschurze. Zeitschrift für Morphologie und Anthropologie, 47 (1), p. 58-66.

Fischer, H. 1911.
Volkscharakter und Fabeln der Hottentotten. Deutsche Rundschau für Geographie, 33, p. 555-559.

Flachberger, I. 1971.
Das Glaubensleben der Namaqua von 1777 bis 1837 mit einer Einführung in die Stammesgeschichte. Dissertation. Universität Wien.

Flacourt, Etienne de. 1658.
Dictionnaire de la langue de Madagascar, avec un petit recueil des noms et dictions propres des choses qui sont d'une mesme espère, plus quelques mots du langage des Sauvages de la baye de Bonne Espérance; un petit catéchisme et les prières du matin et du soir que les missionnaires font et enseignent aux néophytes et cathéchumènes de cette isle, le tout en françois et en cette langue. Paris: Josse. Pp xvii, 176, iv, 63, 114.
Notes: "Contains 7 p. of Hottentot words" (Strohmeyer & Moritz 1975:113). Reprinted 1905 together with Flacourt's Histoire de la grande isle Madagascar (in one vol) by Gabriel M. Ferrand.

Flacourt, Etienne de. 1905.
Dictionnaire de la langue de Madagascar / Histoire de la grande isle Madagascar. Publié par Gabriel M. Ferrand d'après l'édition de 1658 et 1661. Publications de l'Ecole des Lettres d'Alger; Bulletin de correspondance africaine, 33. Paris: Ernest Leroux. Pp xxxix, 296.
Reviews etc.: Sidney H. Ray, Man, v. 7 (1907) p. 43-45.
Notes: Contains reprints of two books originally published in 1658 (Dictionnaire de la langue de Madagascar) and 1661 (Histoire de la grande isle Madagascar).

Fleming, Francis [Sir]. 1856.
Southern Africa: a geography and natural history of the country, colonies and inhabitants from the Cape of Good Hope to Angola; together with notices of their origin, manners, habits, customs, traditions, superstitions, religious usages, languages, past and present conditions, manufactures, weapons, &c., &c., &c., &c.. London: Hall & Virtue. Pp xi, 496.
Notes: Includes notes on the "Hottentot and Korunnas" (p. 124-160) and "Bushmen" (p. 161-186). Reprinted 1969 by Negro Universities Press in New York.

Fourie, David J. 1991.
Cardinal directions in Ndonga, Kwanyama, Herero and Nama: a cognitive linguistic analysis. Afrikanistische Arbeitspapiere (AAP), 28, p. 141-155.

Fourie, Louis. 1925/26.
Preliminary notes on certain customs of the Hei-//om Bushmen. Journal of the SWA (South West Africa) Scientific Society, 1, p. 49-63.
Notes: Later reprinted (at least) twice in the same journal, i.e. v. 8 (1951), p. 65-80, and v. 18/19 (1963/65), p. 19-34.

Fourie, Louis. 1928.
The Bushmen of South West Africa. The native tribes of South West Africa, p. 79-105. Edited by Carl Hugo Hahn jnr, Louis Fourie and Hermann Heinrich Vedder. Cape Town: Cape Times Ltd for the Administration of South West Africa.

François, Curt von. 1891.
Bericht des Hauptmanns Curt von François über seine Reise nach dem Okavangofluss im Jahre 1891. Mitteilungen aus den deutschen Schutzgebieten, 4, p. 205-220.

François, Curt von. 1892.
Reise zwischen Windhoek und Gobabis im Jahre 1892. Mitteilungen aus den deutschen Schutzgebieten, 5, p. 97ff.

François, Curt von. 1893.
Bericht des Hauptmanns C. von François über eine Bereisung der Kalahari. Mitteilungen aus den deutschen Schutzgebieten, 6, p. 290-295.

François, Hugo von. 1896.
Nama und Damara: Deutsch Süd-West Afrika. Magdeburg: E. Baensch. Pp 334, xxviii.

Frey, C. 1925/26.
Jonker Afrikaner and his time. Journal of the SWA (South West Africa) Scientific Society, 1, p. (?).
Notes: Later reprinted in the same journal: v. 8 (1951), p. 17-35.

Frey, Karl. 1958.
Die nie-blanke volke van Suidwes-Afrika. Johannesburg: Publisiteitsafdeling van die Suid-Afrikaanse Uitsaaikorporasie (SAUK).

Fritsch, Gustav Theodor. 1868.
Drei Jahre in Süd-Afrika: Reiseskizzen nach Notizen des Tagebuchs zusammengestellt. Breslau: Ferdinand Hirt. Pp xvi, 416.

Fritsch, Gustav Theodor. 1872.
Die Eingeborenen Süd-Afrika's: ethnographisch und anatomisch beschrieben (nebst einem Atlas). Breslau: Ferdinand Hirt. Pp xxiv, 528, atlas.
Notes: Barnard (1992:13) dates this erroneously 1863.

Fritsch, Gustav Theodor. 1894.
Berg-Damara. Verhandlungen der Berliner Gesellschaft für Anthropologie, Ethnologie und Urgeschichte, 26, p. 79-80.

Fry, Danby Palmer. 1866.
Further remarks on the word Hottentot. Transactions of the Philological Society, 1866, p. 21-25.
Notes: Reprinted 1971 in a pamphlet titled The word Hottentot (Pretoria State Library).

Fry, Danby Palmer. 1866.
Kolben's account of the name of the Hottentots, with comments. Transactions of the Philological Society, 1866, p. 6-11.
Notes: Reprinted 1971 in a pamphlet titled The word Hottentot (Pretoria State Library).

Fry, Danby Palmer; Wedgwood, Hensleigh; Watermeyer, Egidius Benedictus. 1971.
The word "Hottentot": articles extracted from Transactions of the Philological Society 1866. State Library reprints, 61. Pretoria: State Library. Pp iv, 21, iii.
Notes: Contains a series of reprints: two articles by Fry, one by Wedgwood, and two letters-to-editors (sort of) by Watermeyer.

Gaerdes, Jan. 1970.
Farmnamen und Ortsbezeichnungen. Mitteilungen der Südwestafrikanischen Wissenschaftlichen Gesellschaft, 10 (10/11), p. 2-7.

Gailey, Harry Alfred. 1962.
John Philip's role in Hottentot emancipation. Journal of African history, 3 (3), p. 419-433.

Galton, Francis [Sir]. 1852.
Recent expedition into the interior of south-western Africa. Journal of the Royal Geographical Society of London, 22, p. 140-163.

Galton, Francis [Sir]. 1853.
The narrative of an explorer in tropical South Africa, being an account of a visit to Damaraland in 1851. London: John Murray. Pp xiv, 314.
Reviews etc.: Johannes Fabian, "Thoughts on anthropology upon reading Francis Galton's Narrative of an explorer in tropical Africa", Critique of anthropology, v. 7 (1987) p. 37-49.
Notes: Reprinted 1971 by Johnson Reprint Corporation in Nw York (Landmarks in anthropology series).

Galton, Francis [Sir]. 1853.
Bericht eines Forschers im tropischen Südafrika. Aus dem englischen übersetzt. Leipzig: Dyk. Pp xi, 180.
Notes: Reprinted 1980 by Gesellschaft für Wissenschaftliche Entwicklung und Museum in Swakopmund, Namibia (ISBN-10 0-620-04681-3).

Galton, Francis [Sir]. 1889.
The narrative of an explorer in tropical South Africa, being an account of a visit to Damaraland in 1851; containing vacation tours in 1860 and 1861. Fourth edition. London: Ward & Lock.

Galton, Francis [Sir]. 1908.
Memories of my life. Second edition. London: Methuen & Co.

Gangla, Lilian Atieno. 2001.
Pictorial illustrations in dictionaries. MA thesis. University of Pretoria. Pp 84.

Gauerke, E. 1978.
Die Volksgruppen Südwestafrikas. Bd 1: Daten und Fakten. Windhoek: Afrikaans-Deutsche Kulturgemeinschaft.

Gayre, R. Gayre of. 1964.
The races of peoples of southern Africa: some notes on their ethnic movements and distributions. Tydskrif wir rasse-aangeleenthede, 15 (4), p. 141-154.

Geibel, Lothar. 1909.
Die Eingeborenen der deutschen Kalahari (ausschliesslich Bezirk Aminuis). Deutsches Kolonialblatt, 20 (17), p. 824-831.
Notes: Includes various info on Nama groups.

Gentz, P. [Oberleutenant]. 1903.
Einige Beiträgen zur Kenntnis der südwestafrikanischen Völkenschaften [pt. 2]. Globus, 84, p. 156-159.

Gentz, P. [Oberleutenant]. 1903.
Einige Beiträgen zur Kenntnis der südwestafrikanischen Völkenschaften [pt. 1]. Globus, 83, p. 297-301.

Gentz, P. [Oberleutenant]. 1904.
Einige Beiträgen zur Kenntnis der südwestafrikanischen Völkenschaften [pt. 3]. Globus, 85, p. 80-82.

Gilmour, Rachael. 2006.
Grammars of colonialism: representing languages in colonial South Africa. Basingstoke: Palgrave Macmillan. Pp x, 231.
Reviews etc.: Paul T. Roberge, Historiographica linguistica, v. 34 (2007) p. 363-371.
Notes: The book "an overview of colonial linguistics in the region from the sixteenth to the nineteenth century, before proceeding to a detailed study of representations of the Bantu languages Xhosa and Zulu from the beginning of the nineteenth century to the 1870s" (quoted from the publisher's blurb).

Goodwill, J.; others. 1991.
A first school dictionary for Namibia with Nama-Damara, Herero, Kwangali, Oshiwambo and Afrikaans words. Cape Town: Oxford University Press. Pp 193.

Goodwin, A.J.H. 1952.
Jan van Riebeek and the Hottentots, 1652-1662. South African archaeological bulletin, 7 (25), p. 1-53.

Gordon, David. 1996.
From rituals of rapture to dependence: the political economy of Khoikhoi narcotic consumption, c.1487-1870. South African historical journal, 35, p. 62-88.

Gordon, Robert James. 1971.
Towards an ethnography of Bergdama Gossib. Namib und Meer, 2, p. 45-57.

Graevenbroek, Jan Willem de. 1695.
Elegans et accurata gentis africanae circa promontcrium capitis bone spei vulgo Hottentotten nuncupatae descriptio epistolaris. Pp 62, ii, 121.
Notes: Credited to Johannes Gulielmus Grevenbroek (cfr Strohmeyer & Moritz 1975:10).

Graevenbroek, Jan Willem de. 1695/1933.
Gentis hottentotten nuncupatae descriptio / An account of the Hottentots [with translation by B. Farrington]. The early Cape Hottentots, p. 161-299. Edited by Isaac Schapera. Publications from the Van Riebeeck Society, 14. Cape Town.
Notes: Includes extracts and translations from Graevenbroek's Elegans et accurata gentis africanae.

Graevenbroek, Jan Willem de. 1886.
Uit den ouden tijd (1695) [pt. 2; vertaalt van J.W.G. van Oordt]. Het zuid-afrikaanse tijdschrift, Februarie 1886, p. 1-48.
Notes: Includes translated extracts from Graevenbroek's Elegans et accurata gentis africanae.

Graevenbroek, Jan Willem de. 1886.
Uit den ouden tijd (1695) [pt. 1; vertaalt van J.W.G. van Oordt]. Het zuid-afrikaanse tijdschrift, Januarie 1886, p. 360-372.

Graham, Elizabeth J. 1968.
Christianity and the Khoi Khoi: a study of the roles of missionaries as contact agents. PhilM (Master of Philosophy) thesis. University of Toronto.

Grasserie, Raoul de la. 1896.
Des quelques particularités de la langue des Namas. Zeitschrift für afrikanische und oceanische Sprachen, 2, p. 205-216.

Greenberg, Joseph Harold. 1950.
Studies in African linguistic classification. Part 6: the Click languages. Southwestern journal of anthropology, 6 (3), p. 223-237.
Reviews etc.: Diedrich Westermann, "African linguistic classification", Africa, v. 22 (1952) p. 250-256.

Greenberg, Joseph Harold. 1970.
Click languages. Encyclopedia americana, 7, p. 67.

Grobbelaar, C.S. 1956.
The physical characters of the Korana. South African journal of science, 53, p. 97-159.

Guenther, Mathias [Georg]. 1977.
More on Khoisan classification. IAI (International African Institute) bulletin: African studies notes & news, 47, p. 2-3.

Güldemann, Tom. 2002.
Die Entlehnung pronominaler Elemente des Khoekhoe aus dem !Ui-Taa. Aktuelle Forschungen zu afrikanischen Sprachen: sprachwissenschaftliche Beiträge zum 14. Afrikanistentag Hamburg, 11.-14. Oktober 2000, p. 43-61. Edited by Theda Schumann, Mechthild Reh, Roland Kiessling and Ludwig Gerhardt. Köln: Rüdiger Köppe Verlag.

Güldemann, Tom. 2006.
Structural isoglosses between Khoekhoe and Tuu: the Cape as a linguistic area. Linguistic areas: convergence in historical and typological perspective, p. 99-134. Edited by Yaron Matras, April McMahon and Nigel Vincent. Hampshire UK: Palgrave Macmillan.

Gumprecht, Thaddäus Eduard. 18xx.
Die Reise des Paters Krump nach Nubien in den Jahren 1700-1702 und dessen Mittheilungen über Abyssinien. Manuskript. Kapstadt: Grey Sammlung, Südafrikanische Öffentliche Bibliothek.
Notes: Not sure what date to put on this. Includes notes on Khoekhoe on p. 39-88 (Strohmeyer & Moritz 1975:10-11).

Günther, Theophilus. 1969.
Die Pronomina im Hottentottischen. Wort und Religion, Kalima na dini: Studien zur Afrikanistik, Missionswissenschaft, Religionswissenschaft, Ernst Dammann zum 65. Geburtstag, p. 57-60. Edited by Hans-Jürgen Greschat and Herrmann Jungraithmayr. Stuttgart: Evangelischer Missionsverlag.

Gürich, Georg. 1891/92.
Deutsch Südwest-Afrika: Reisebilder und Skizzen aus den Jahren 1888 und 1889 mit einer Original-Routenkarte. Mitteilungen der geographischen Gesellschaft in Hamburg, Reihe H, 1. Hamburg. Pp viii, 216.

Gusinde, Martin. 1952.
Bericht über meine südafrikanische Forschungsreise 1950/51. Anthropos: internationale Zeitschrift für Völker- und Sprachenkunde, 47, p. 388-404.
Notes: "Buschmänner und Namastämme" (Strohmeyer 1982:192).

Haacke, Wulf D. 1992.
The Kalahari expedition March 1908: the forgotten story of the final battle of the Nama War. Botswana notes and records, 24, p. 1-18.

Haacke, Wilfrid [Heinrich] [Gerhard]. 199x.
Khoekhoe. Languages of the world/Materials, 25. München: Lincom Europa.

Haacke, Wilfrid [Heinrich] [Gerhard]. 200x.
The demographic situation of the speakers of Khoekhoegowab. Khoisan forum working papers, v?, p. (?).

Haacke, Wilfrid [Heinrich] [Gerhard]. 200x.
The lexical tonology of Khoekhoe (Nama/Damara): a typological account. Language, history and identity: papers from the Tutzing conference on Khoisan studies, p. (?). Edited by Robert J. Ross, Rainer Vossen and Edwin N. Wilmsen. Köln: Rüdiger Köppe Verlag.

Haacke, Wilfrid [Heinrich] [Gerhard]. 1976.
A Nama grammar: the noun-phrase. MA thesis. University of Cape Town.

Haacke, Wilfrid [Heinrich] [Gerhard]. 1977.
The so-called "personal pronoun" in Nama. Khoisan linguistic studies 3, p. 43-62. Edited by Anthony Traill. Communications from the African Studies Institute, 6. Johannesburg: University of the Witwatersrand.

Haacke, Wilfrid [Heinrich] [Gerhard]. 1978.
Subject deposition in Nama. MA thesis. Colchester UK: University of Essex.

Haacke, Wilfrid [Heinrich] [Gerhard]. 1980.
Nama "coreferential copulative sentences" reassessed. Bushman and Hottentot linguistic studies 1979, p. 80-106. Edited by Jan Winston Snyman. Pretoria: University of South Africa (UNISA).

Haacke, Wilfrid [Heinrich] [Gerhard]. 1982.
Traditional hut-building technique of the Nama (with some related terminology). Cimbebasia, series B, 3 (2), p. 78-98.

Haacke, Wilfrid [Heinrich] [Gerhard]. 1983.
The tone of the conditional particle ka in Nama. Khoisan Special Interest Group: newsletter, 1, p. 9-10.

Haacke, Wilfrid [Heinrich] [Gerhard]. 1983.
Nama-English dictionary project. Khoisan Special Interest Group: newsletter, 1, p. 12.

Haacke, Wilfrid [Heinrich] [Gerhard]. 1985.
Noun phrase accessibility to relativization in Herero and Nama. South African journal of African languages, 5 (2), p. 43-48.

Haacke, Wilfrid [Heinrich] [Gerhard]. 1986.
Preliminary observations on a dialect of the Sesfontein Damara. Contemporary studies on Khoisan: in honour of Oswin Köhler on the occasion of his 75th birthday, v. 1, p. 375-396. Edited by Rainer Vossen and Klaus Keuthmann. Quellen zur Khoisan-Forschung, 5. Hamburg: Helmut Buske Verlag.

Haacke, Wilfrid [Heinrich] [Gerhard]. 1987.
A typological survey of Nama/Damara. Typescript. Windhoek: Department of African Languages, University of Namibia.

Haacke, Wilfrid [Heinrich] [Gerhard]. 1988.
How to perpertuate misconceptions of a language [= review article based on 'Khoe-Kowap' by Gerhard Böhm]. Logos, 8 (2), p. 139-150.

Haacke, Wilfrid [Heinrich] [Gerhard]. 1990.
Nama: survival through standardization?. Language reform: history and future, v. 5, p. 397-429. Edited by István Fodor and Claude Hagège. Hamburg: Helmut Buske Verlag.

Haacke, Wilfrid [Heinrich] [Gerhard]. 1992.
Compound noun phrases in Nama. African linguistic contributions presented in honour of Ernst Westphal, p. 189-194. Edited by Derek F. Gowlett. Pretoria: Via Afrika.

Haacke, Wilfrid [Heinrich] [Gerhard]. 1992.
Die Sprache der Nama und Damara. Namibia Express Reisehandbuch, p. 267-271. Edited by Wendula Dahle and Wolfgang Leyerer. Leer (Deutschland): Mundo.

Haacke, Wilfrid [Heinrich] [Gerhard]. 1992.
Dislocated noun phrases in Khoekhoe (Nama/Damara): further evidence for the sentential hypothesis. Afrikanistische Arbeitspapiere (AAP), 29, p. 149-162.

Haacke, Wilfrid [Heinrich] [Gerhard]. 1992.
The tonology of Khoekhoe (Nama/Damara). PhD thesis. University College of London. Pp 5, 272.

Haacke, Wilfrid [Heinrich] [Gerhard]. 1995.
Instances of incorporation and compounding in Khoekhoegowab (Nama/Damara). The complete linguist: papers in memory of Patrick J. Dickens, p. 339-361. Edited by Anthony Traill, Rainer Vossen and Megan Biesele. Afrikanische Sprachen und Kulturen. Köln: Rüdiger Köppe Verlag.

Haacke, Wilfrid [Heinrich] [Gerhard]. 1998.
A Khoekhoe dictionary in the making: some lexicographic considerations. Language, identity and conceptualization among the Khoisan, p. 35-64. Edited by Mathias Schladt. Quellen zur Khoisan-Forschung (Research in Khoisan studies), 15. Köln: Rüdiger Köppe Verlag.

Haacke, Wilfrid [Heinrich] [Gerhard]. 1999.
Phonological gleanings from the dialects of Khoekhoegowab (Nama/Damara): towards internal reconstruction. African mosaic: festschrift for J.D. Louw, p. 131-163. Edited by Rosalie Finlayson. Pretoria: University of South Africa (UNISA).

Haacke, Wilfrid [Heinrich] [Gerhard]. 1999.
The tonology of Khoekhoe (Nama/Damara). Quellen zur Khoisan-Forschung (Research in Khoisan studies), 16. Köln: Rüdiger Köppe Verlag. Pp xvi, 233.
Reviews etc.: Rajmund Ohly, Studies of the Department of African Languages and Cultures, Warsaw University, v. 27 (2000) p. 74-76; Claire Bowern, Language, v. 78 (2002) p. 201-202; Edward J. Vajda, Word, v. 53 (2002) p. 280-283.
Notes: Slight revision of the author's thesis, University College of London, 1992.

Haacke, Wilfrid [Heinrich] [Gerhard]. 1999.
Tonogenesis in Khoekhoe (Nama/Damara). Proceedings of the symposium "Cross-linguistic studies of tonal phenomena: tonogenesis, typology and related topics", December 10-12, 1998, Takinogawa City Hall, Tokyo, p. 69-90. Edited by Shigeki Kaji. Tokyo: Institute for the Study of Languages and Cultures of Asia and Africa (ILCAA), Tokyo University of Foreign Studies.

Haacke, Wilfrid [Heinrich] [Gerhard]. 2001.
Nama. Facts about the world's languages: an encyclopedia of the world's major languages, past and present, p. 497-499. Edited by Jane Garry and Carl Rubino. New York: H.W. Wilson Co.

Haacke, Wilfrid [Heinrich] [Gerhard]. 2002.
Linguistic evidence in the study of origins: the case of the Namibian Khoekhoe-spreakers. Inaugural lecture delivered on 7 September 2000. Windhoek: University of Namibia. Pp 30.

Haacke, Wilfrid [Heinrich] [Gerhard]. 2006.
Syntactic focus marking in Khoekhoe (Nama/Damara). Papers on information structure in African languages, p. 105-127. Edited by Ines Fiedler and Anne Schwarz. ZAS (Zentrum für allgemeine Sprachwissenschaft, Typologie und Universalienforschung) papers in linguistics, 46. Berlin: Zentrum für allgemeine Sprachwissenschaft, Typologie und Universalienforschung (ZAS).

Haacke, Wilfrid [Heinrich] [Gerhard]; Boois, John. 1975-1980.
Khomai da ra III-IV [Nama school readers]. Windhoek.

Haacke, Wilfrid [Heinrich] [Gerhard]; Boois, John. 1975/84.
//Khaa//khaasen da ge ra Namagowaba II-V [Nama school grammars]. Windhoek.

Haacke, Wilfrid [Heinrich] [Gerhard]; Eiseb, Eliphas. 1999.
Khoekhoegowab-English, English-Khoekhoegowab glossary. Windhoek: Gamsberg Macmillan Publ. Pp 278.
Notes: Contains about 10,000 entries either way. No tone-marking. Extracted from a larger Khoekhoegowab dictionary in the making, which was later published by Haacke & Eiseb (2002).

Haacke, Wilfrid [Heinrich] [Gerhard]; Eiseb, Eliphas. 2002.
A Khoekhoegowab dictionary, with an English-Khoekhoe index. Windhoek: Gamsberg Macmillan Publ. Pp 754.
Notes: Includes over 24,000 entries.

Haacke, Wilfrid [Heinrich] [Gerhard]; Eiseb, Eliphas; Namaseb, Levi. 1997.
Internal and external relations of Khoekhoe dialects: a preliminary survey. Namibian languages: reports and papers, p. 125-209. Edited by Wilfrid Haacke and Edward Derek Elderkin. Namibian African studies, 4. Köln: Rüdiger Köppe Verlag for the University of Namibia.

Haacke, Wilfrid [Heinrich] [Gerhard]; Elderkin, Edward Derek. (Ed.) 1997.
Namibian languages: reports and papers. Namibian African studies, 4. Köln: Rüdiger Köppe Verlag for the University of Namibia. Pp 451.
Reviews etc.: Gabi Sommer, Afrika und Übersee, v. 81 (1998) p. 305-307.

Hacke, William. 1699.
Captain William Ambrosia Cowley's voyage around the world. A collection of original voyages, p. (?). Edited by William Hacke. London: James Knapton.
Notes: Contains an account of the 'Hodmandods', i.e. Khoekhoe (Strohmeyer & Moritz 1975:6).

Hagman, Roy Stephen. 1973.
Nama Hottentot grammar. PhD thesis. New York: Columbia University. Pp vi, xi, 301.

Hagman, Roy Stephen. 1977.
Nama Hottentot grammar. Language science monographs, 15. Bloomington: Indiana University. Pp xv, 167.
Notes: Abridged publication of the author's dissertation, Columbia University, 1973.

Hahn jnr, Carl Hugo; Fourie, Louis; Vedder, Hermann Heinrich. (Ed.) 1928.
The native tribes of South West Africa. Cape Town: Cape Times Ltd for the Administration of South West Africa. Pp 211.
Reviews etc.: I. S[chapera], Man, v. 29 (1929) p. 75-76 (art. 55).
Notes: Reprinted 1966 by Frank Cass in London.

Hahn, Johannes Theophilus. 1867.
Die Nama-Hottentotten: ein Beitrag zur südafrikanischen Ethnographie. Globus, 12, p. 238-242, 275-279, 304-307, 332-398.

Hahn, Johannes Theophilus. 1870.
Die Sprache der Nama. Dissertation. Jena: Friedrich-Schiller-Universität. Pp 52.
Notes: Published the same year by Barth, which has an added 22-page appendix on proverbs; unless that was already there in the thesis?

Hahn, Johannes Theophilus. 1870.
Mythen der Khoi-khoin, nebst Übersetzung und Wörterverzeichnis. Dissertation. Jena: Friedrich-Schiller-Universität.
Notes: This also appeared appendixed to Hahn's Die Sprache der Nama, published 1870.

Hahn, Johannes Theophilus. 1870.
Beiträge zur Kunde der Hottentotten. Jahresbericht des Vereins für Erdkunde zu Dresden, 6/7, p. 1-73.
Notes: Includes Seroa and !Khuai vocabulary plus lots of Nama stuff. Köhler (1981:477) dates this 1873.

Hahn, Johannes Theophilus. 1870.
Die Sprache der Nama, nebst einem Anhang enthaltend Sprachproben aus dem Munde des Volkes. Redigierte Ausgabe eine Dissertation mit einem Anhang über Mythen der Khoi-khoin nebst Übersetzung und Wörterverzeichnis. Leipzig: Johann Ambrosius Barth. Pp 52, 22.
Notes: Publication of the author's thesis, Universität Jena, 1870. Unsure if the appendix was added to this or if it was there already in the thesis version. "Contains considerable new material; but, while it has useful exercises, the general superstructure is unreliable" (Doke 1933:36).

Hahn, Johannes Theophilus. 1878.
The graves of Heitsi-eibeb: a chapter on the pre-historic Hottentot race. Cape monthly magazine, new series, 16 (97), p. 257-265.
Notes: Contains one of the earliest suggestions that Hottentot and Bushman are related.

Hahn, Johannes Theophilus. 1881.
Tsuni-//Goam: the supreme being of the Khoi-Khoi. London: Trübner & Co. Pp xi, 154.
Notes: Reprinted 1971 (with an extra 95 pages of adverts) by Books for Libraries Press in Freeport NY (Black heritage library collection; ISBN-10 0-8369-8847-7).

Hahn, Johannes Theophilus. 1901.
Collectanea hottentotica, 2 vols. Manuscript. Johannesburg: City Library.

Hahn snr, Carl Hugo. 1858.
Reisetagebuch des Miss. Hugo Hahn (Fortsetzung). Berichte der Rheinischen Missionsgesellschaft, 1858, p. 195-206.
Notes: Not sure about the journal. Could be Jahresbericht der Rheinischen Mission.

Hahn snr, Carl Hugo. 1873.
Missionar Hugo Hahn's Reise im Lande der Hereró und Bergdamara in Südwest-Afrika, 1871. Petermanns geographische Mitteilungen (Mittheilungen aus Justus Perthes' Geographischer Anstalt über wichtige neue Erforschungen auf dem Gesammtgebiete der Geographie), 19, p. 95-101.

Hahn snr, Carl Hugo. 1877.
Damaraland and the Berg Damaras. Cape monthly magazine, new series, 14, p. 218-230, 289-297.

Hahn snr, Carl Hugo. 1961.
Aus Alt-Südwestafrika: Tagebuchaufzeichnungen und Reisenotizen 1842/1843. Afrikanischer Heimatkalender, 32, p. 99-121.
Notes: "Über Nama, Bergdama und Ovaherero" (Strohmeyer & Moritz 1975:11).

Halford, Samuel James. 1949.
The Griquas of Griqualand: a historical narrative of the Griqua people, their rise, progress and decline. Cape Town: J.C. Juta. Pp ix, 209.

Hall, Martin. 1986.
The role of cattle in southern African agropastoral societies: more than bones alone can tell. Prehistoric pastoralism in southern Africa, p. 83-87. Edited by Martin Hall and Andrew B. Smith. Goodwin series, 5. Vlaeberg (South Africa): South African Archaeological Society.

Hall, Martin; Smith, Andrew B. (Ed.) 1986.
Prehistoric pastoralism in southern Africa. Goodwin series, 5. Vlaeberg (South Africa): South African Archaeological Society.

Hall, S.L. 1986.
Pastoral adaptations and forager reactions in the Eastern Cape. Prehistoric pastoralism in southern Africa, p. 42-49. Edited by Martin Hall and Andrew B. Smith. Goodwin series, 5. Vlaeberg (South Africa): South African Archaeological Society.

Harinck, Gerrit. 1969.
Interaction between Xhosa and Khoi: emphasis on the period 1620-1750. African societies in southern Africa, p. 145-170. Edited by Leonard M. Thompson. London, Ibadan & Nairobi: Heinemann.

Heese, C.P. 1943.
Onderwys in Namakwaland, 1750-1940. Proefskrif (PhD). Universiteit van Stellenbosch.

Hegner, Hermann. 1882.
Wörterbuch Nama-Deutsch: abgeschrieben von Br. Krefts Wörterbuch, angefangen 1871, beendet 1872; vervollständigt aus Krönleins Wörterbuch 1873, weiter vervollständigt 1882. Manuskript. Berseba (Südwestafrika). Pp 331.
Notes: Unsure of the exact difference between this and the other one with a similar title. Referred to by Strohmeyer & Moritz (1975:113). Available at Rheinische Missionsgesellschaft in Windhoek.

Hegner, Hermann. 1882.
Wörterbuch Nama-Deutsch: abgeschrieben von Br. Krefts Wörterbuch, angefangen am Montag den 23. October 1871, beendet Donnerstag den 3. October 1872; vervollständigt aus Krönleins Wörterbuch 1873. Manuskript. Berseba (Südwestafrika) & Rehoboth. Pp 342.
Notes: Unsure of the exact difference between this and the other one with a similar title. Referred to by Strohmeyer & Moritz (1975:113). Contains 3 parts: 1. Names of months; 2. Character of the Nama people; 3. Trees, bushes, plants and "Zwiebeln". It is available at the Rheinische Missionsgesellschaft in Windhoek.

Hegner, Hermann. 1907/08.
Nama gowab-di ≠gei tsi khom-ei ≠kaniros: Buchstabier- und Lesebüchlein der Nama-Sprache, 2 Bde. Gütersloh: C. Bertelsmann.

Hegner, Hermann; Westermann, Diedrich. 1909.
Nama-Grammatik. Lehrbuch der Nama-Sprache, p. 45-101. Edited by Carl Meinhof. Lehrbücher des Seminars für orientalische Sprachen, 23. Berlin: Georg Reimer.

Heikkinen, Terttu. 19xx.
≠Akhoe wordlist. Manuscript.
Notes: Referred to by Widlok (1999).

Heikkinen, Terttu. 19xx.
Hai//'om and !Xóu stories from north Namibia. Manuscript.
Notes: Referred to by Widlok (1999).

Helman, J. 1957.
Some diseases amongst the Hottentots of South West Africa. Central African journal of medicine, 3, p. 143-144.

Hemmy, Gysbert. 1767.
De promontorio bonae spei: oratorio latina de promontorio bonae spei, in schola hamburgensi d. 10 aprilis 1767 publice recitata. Hamburgi: Harmsen.
Notes: A description of the Cape of Good Hope. Apparently it contains notes on the early Khoekhoe (Strohmeyer & Moritz 1975:11).

Hemmy, Gysbert. 1959.
De promontorio bonae spei / The Cape of Good Hope: a Latin oration delivered in the Hamburg Academy, 10 April 1767. Translated and edited by K.D. White, with additional notes by G.S. Nienaber and D.H. Varley. Cape Town: South African Public Library. Pp x, 40.

Herbert, Thomas. 1634.
A relation of some yeares travaile, begunno Anno 1626, into Afrique and the greater Asia, especially the territories of the Persian Monarchie, and some parts of the Orientall Indies, and isles adiacent; of their religion, language, habit, discent, ceremonies and other matters concerning them; together with the proceedings and death of the three late ambassadors: Sir D.C., Sir R.S. and the Persian Nogdi-beg; as also the two great monarchs, the King of Persia, and the great Mogol, 5, 225. London: W. Stansby & J. Bloome.
Notes: Includes a few Khoekhoe words. Herbert was "the first author to introduce an original click symbolism ... for any click he though he detected, [he] put an onomatopoeic 'ist'" (Breckwoldt 1972:282). The later 1677-edition includes lexical specimens of Comoro Islands Swahili (see Johnston 1919:2, Doke 1960:32). Later editions were retitled Some yeares travels into diverse parts of Asia and Afrique. Reprinted 1971 by Theatrum Orbis Terrarum in Amsterdam as A relation of some yeares travaile into Afrique, Asia, Indies, as well as by Da Capo Press in New York (The English experience, its record in early printed books published in facsimile, 349; ISBN-10 90-221-0349-8).

Herbert, Thomas. 1638.
Some yeares travels into diverse parts of Asia and Afrique: describing especially two famous empires, the Persian and Great Mogull; weaved with the history of these later times; as also, many rich and spatious kingdomes in the Orientall India, and other parts of Asia, together with the adjacent iles; severally relating the religion, language, qualities, customes, habit, descent, fashions, and other observations touching them; with a revivall of the first discoverer of America. New (second) edition, revised and enlarged. London: I. Blome & R. Bishop. Pp 6, 364, 14.
Notes: Includes a few Khoekhoe words. The original edition of 1634 was titled A relation of some yeares travaile [etc].

Herbert, Thomas. 1658.
Zee-en lat reyse na verscheyde deelen van Asia en africa. Uyt het engels in de nederlandsche tale overgeset door L. van Bosch. Dordrecht.

Herbert, Thomas. 1663.
Relation du voyage de Perse et des Indes orientales. Traduit de l'anglois. Paris: Jean du Puis. Pp 4, 632, 24.

Herbert, Thomas. 1664.
Some yeares travels into diverse parts of Asia and Afrique: describing more particularly the empires Persia and Industan; intervowen with such remarkable occurences as hapned in those parts during these later times; as also, many other rich and famous kingdoms in the Orientall India, with iles adjacent; severally relating the religion, language, customs, and habit; as also proper observations concerning them. Third edition, revised and further enlarged by the author. London: J. Best for Andrew Crook. Pp 8, 420, 20.
Notes: Includes a few Khoekhoe words. Apparently there's another printing of the third edition dated 1665 which retains the subtitle of the second edition.

Herbert, Thomas. 1677.
Some yeares travels into diverse parts of Asia and Afrique: describing especially the two famous empires, the Persian, and the Great Mogul; weaved with the history of these later times; as also, many rich and spatious kingdomes in the Orienta'll India, and other parts of Asia, together with the adjacent iles; severally relating the religion, language, qualities, customes, habit, descent, fashions, and other observations touching them; with a revivall of the first discoverer of America. Fourth edition, with additions by the author throughout the whole work, a also several sculptures, never before printed. London: R. Everingham for R. Scot, T. Basset, J. Wright & R. Chiswell. Pp 8, 399, 19.
Reviews etc.: C.M. Doke, "The earliest records of Bantu", African studies, v. 19 (1960) p. 26-32.
Notes: Includes a few Souldanian (Khoekhoe) words. There is also a short list of Comorian, recorded by the author as early as 1626. "These words of the 'Mohella' language ... were not inserted into his book until the 1677-edition was produced" (Johnston 1919:2). They are reportedly a mish-mash of Arabic and Portuguese (Latham 1847:195). Doke (1960:32) quotes the following: "A King is a 'Sultan', Bracelets 'Arembo', a Hen 'Coquo', an Ox 'Gumbey', Coco-nuts 'Sejavoye', Plantains 'Figo', a Goat 'Buze', an Orange 'Tudah', a Lemon 'Demon', Water 'Mage', Paper 'Cartassa', a Needle 'Sinzano', etc.".

Hervas, Lorenzo. 1784.
Catalogo delle lingue conosciute e notizia della loro affinita', e diversita. Cesena (Italia): Gregorio Biasini. Pp 260.
Notes: May include a Khoekhoe vocabulary (cfr Latham 1847:197).

Hesse, Elias. 1687.
Ost-indische Reise-Beschreibung; oder Diarium, was bey der Reise des [...] Benjamin Olitzschens im Jahr 1680 von Dressden aus biss in Asiam auff die insul Sumatra denckwürdiges vorgegangen. Dresden.
Notes: Not sure of the title. Contains notes on the Khoekhoe.

Hesse, Elias. 1690.
Ost-indische Reise-Beschreibung; oder Diarium, was bey der Reise des [...] Benjamin Olitzschens im Jahr 1680 von Dressden aus biss in Asiam auff die insul Sumatra denckwürdiges vorgegangen. Zum andern mahl gedruckt, und mit sonderbahren Fleiss übersehen, in vielen verbessert und vermehret. Leipzig: Verlag von Michael Günther.
Notes: Contains notes on the Khoekhoe. There is also a third edition dated 1735. The book was reprinted 1931 as Gold-Bergwerke in Sumatra, 1680-1683 by Martinus Nijhoff in Der Haag (Reisebeschreibungen von deutschen Beamten und Krigsleuten, 10), though curiously it seems to be incomplete and lacks the passage about the Khoekhoe (Strohmeyer & Moritz 1975:11).

Hesse, Elias. 1735.
Ost-indische Reise-Beschreibung; oder Diarium, was bey der Reise des [...] Benjamin Olitzschens im Jahr 1680 von Dressden aus biss in Asiam auff die insul Sumatra denckwürdiges vorgegangen. Dritte Auflage. Leipzig.
Notes: May contain notes on the Khoekhoe. The earlier editions did. Not sure of the title.

Hesseling, Dirk Christiaan. 1916.
De naam Hottentot. Tijdschrift voor nederlandsche taal- en letterkunde, 35, p. 267-274.

Hestermann, F. 1955.
Korana-Katechismus von C. Wuras. Wissenschaftliche Zeitschrift der Friedrich-Schiller-Universität, 4, p. 305-316.

Hewitt, J. 1920.
Notes relating to the aboriginal tribes of the Eastern Province. South African journal of science, 17, p. 304-321.

Heydt, Johann Wolfgang. 1967.
Scenes of the Cape of Good Hope in 1741. Translated from German and introduced by R. Raven-Hart. Cape Town: Cornelis Struik Publ.
Notes: Extracts from Allerneuester geographisch- und topographischer Schau-Platz von Afrika und Ost-Indien, publ. 1744.

Hirschberg, Walter. 1954.
Die Völker Afrikas. Die neue grosse Völkerkunde, Bd 1, p. 279-564. Edited by Hugo Adolf Bernatzik. Frankfurt-am-Main: Herkul.

Hirschberg, Walter. 1956.
Die Zeitreichnung der Buschmänner und Hottentotten. Festschrift [?], p. 218-236. Wien: Wiener Schule der Völkerkunde.
Notes: Unsure of the exact title - see Strohmeyer & Moritz (1975:121).

Hirschberg, Walter. 1975.
Khoisan sprechende Völker Südafrikas. Die Völker Afrikas und ihre traditionelle Kulturen. Bd 1: allgemeiner Teil und südliches Afrika, p. 383-408. Edited by Hermann Baumann. Studien zur Kulturkunde, 34. Wiesbaden: Franz Steiner Verlag.

Hitzeroth, Helmut Walter. 1976.
On the identity of the stone-working Tjimba, South West Africa: a comparative study based on fingerprint pattern frequencies. Cimbebasia, series B, 2 (7), p. 187-202.

Hobirk, Fr. 1878.
Wanderungen auf dem Gebiete der Länder- und Völkerkunde: ein Hausbuch für Jedermann. Detmold (Deutschland): Meyersche Hofbuchhandlung. Pp 200.

Hodgson, M.L. 1924.
The Hottentots in South Africa to 1828: a problem in labour and administration. South African journal of science, 21, p. 594-621.

Hoernlé, Agnes Winifred. 1913.
Richterveld: the land and its people. Johannesburg: Council of Education.
Notes: Reprinted 1985 in The social organization of the Nama and other essays (ed. by W. Peter Carstens; Witwatersrand University Press), p. 20-38.

Hoernlé, Agnes Winifred. 1918.
Certain rites of transition and the conception of !Nau among the Hottentots. Harvard African studies, 2, p. 65-82.
Reviews etc.: N.W. T[homas], Man, v. 23 (1923) p. 31-32 (art. 16).
Notes: Reprinted 1985 in The social organization of the Nama and other essays (ed. by W. Peter Carstens; Witwatersrand University Press), p. 57-74.

Hoernlé, Agnes Winifred. 1922.
A Hottentot rain ceremony. Bantu studies and general South African anthropology, 1 (2), p. 3-4.
Notes: Reprinted 1985 in The social organization of the Nama and other essays (ed. by W. Peter Carstens; Witwatersrand University Press), p. 75-76.

Hoernlé, Agnes Winifred. 1923.
The expression of the social value of water among the Naman of South-West Africa. South African journal of science, 20, p. 514-526.
Notes: Reprinted 1985 in The social organization of the Nama and other essays (ed. by W. Peter Carstens; Witwatersrand University Press), p. 77-89.

Hoernlé, Agnes Winifred. 1923.
South-West Africa as a primitive culture area. South African geographical journal, 6, p. 14-28.

Hoernlé, Agnes Winifred. 1925.
The social organization of the Nama Hottentots of Southwest Africa. American anthropologist, new series, 27 (1), p. 1-24.
Notes: Reprinted 1985 in The social organization of the Nama and other essays (ed. by W. Peter Carstens; Witwatersrand University Press), p. 39-56.

Hoernlé, Agnes Winifred. 1933.
New aims and methods in social anthropology: presidential address to Section E of the South African Association for the Advancement of Science, 4 July 1933. South African journal of science, 30, p. 74-92.
Notes: Reprinted 1985 in The social organization of the Nama and other essays (ed. by W. Peter Carstens; Witwatersrand University Press), p. 1-19.

Hoernlé, Agnes Winifred. 1985.
"The social organization of the Nama" and other essays. Centenary volume, edited by Peter Carstens. Johannesburg: Witwatersrand University Press. Pp xxv, 154.

Hoff, Ansie. 1983.
Die konsep geluk by die Nama. South African journal of ethnology, 6 (2), p. 9-15.

Hoff, Ansie. 1990.
Die tradisionele wereldbeskouing van die Khoekhoen. Proefskrif (DPhil). Pretoria: Universiteit van Suid-Afrika (UNISA).

Hoffmann, Johann Christian. 1680.
Oost-Indianische Voyage: oder eigentliches Verzeichnüs, worin nicht nur einige merckwürdige Vorfälle, die sich theils auff einer indischen See-Reise, theils in India selbst begeben und zugetragen, sondern auch unterschiedliche Länder, fremde Völcker, seltsame Thiere und arthige Gewächse, etc. der Örther kurtz und deutlich angewiesen werden. Cassel (Frankreich): Hertzog.
Notes: Deals with the Khoekhoe on pages 26-31. Reprinted 1931 by Martinus Nijhoff as Reise nach dem Kaplande, nach Mauritius und nach Java, 1671-1676.

Hoffmann, Johann Christian. 1931.
Reise nach dem Kaplande, nach Mauritius und nach Java, 1671-1676. Reisebeschreibungen von deutschen Beamten und Krigsleuten, 7,1. Der Haag: Martinus Nijhoff. Pp xiii, 104.
Notes: Originally published 1680. May contain additional material.

Holub, Emil. 1881.
Sieben Jahre in Süd-Afrika: Erlebnisse, Forschungen und Jagden auf meinen Reisen von den Diamantfeldern zum Zambesi (1872-1879), 2 Bde. Wien: Alfred Hölder. Pp xvi, 528; ix, 532.

Holub, Emil. 1881.
Seven years in South Africa: travels, researches and hunting adventures between the diamond-fields and the Zambesi (1872-1879), 2 vols. Translated from German by Ellen E. Frewer. London: Sampson Low, Marston, Searle & Rivington.

Holub, Emil. 1881.
On the central South African tribes from the south coast to the Zambesi. Journal of the Anthropological Institute of Great Britain and Ireland, 10, p. 2-20.
Notes: Talks about the Bushmen of South Africa, the "real Hottentots", the Griquas, the Korannas, the Zulu, the Makalaka (= Karanga), the Matabele, the Makalahari (= Kgalagadi), the Manansa (the who?), the Betchuanas. Article followed by discussions (p. 19-20) by Mr Reade and Mr Cornelis Walford.

Hondius, Jodocus. 1652.
Klare besgryving van Cabo de Bona Esperanca, med de by-gelegen kust naar Angola toe, van Cabo Negro af: vervattende de ondekking, benaaming, gelegenheyd, verdeling en betrekking; als ook de hoedanigheden der elementen, bestandige-stoffen, gewassen en diren; ende ook des volks nature, in wezen, zeden en staat; med de veel moeyten zeer vlytig byeen, getogen en vervolgens duydelijk beshreven. Amsterdam: Hondius. Pp 33.
Reviews etc.: A.J.D. Meiring, "Die Hottentotte aan die Kaap voor die tyd van Van Riebeeck soos opgeteken deur Jodocus Hondius", Navorsinge van die Nasionale Museum, v. 1 (1953) p. 35-40.
Notes: Apparently this is the first extensive description of the inhabitants of the Cape. Not sure if Hondius is author, publisher, or both. A copy of the original edition is available at the Fairbridge Collection, South Africa Public Library (Cape Town?). Reprinted 1952, with parallel English translation.

Hondius, Jodocus. 1652/1952.
Klare besgryving van Cabo de Bona Esperanca. Met vertaling in Engels deur L.C. van Oordt en van 'n inleiding en aantekeninge voorsien deur P. Serton. Kaapstad: Komitee vir Boekuitstalling, Van Riebeeck-Fees. Pp xv, 33, 37.
Notes: Facsimile reprint of the original, with English translations added.

Honey, James A. 1910.
South African folktales. New York: Baker & Taylor.

Honken, Henry. 1977.
Submerged features and proto-Khoisan. Khoisan linguistic studies 3, p. 145-169. Edited by Anthony Traill. Communications from the African Studies Institute, 6. Johannesburg: University of the Witwatersrand.

Honken, Henry. 1984.
Word groups in the click languages. Khoisan Special Interest Group: newsletter, 2, p. 6-8.

Hovelacque, Abel. 1876.
Les langues agglutinantes. La linguistique, p. 55-154. Paris: Reinwald.
Notes: Deals with African languages on p. 69-73.

Hovelacque, Abel. 1877.
The agglutinative languages. The science of language, p. (?). Translated by A.H. Keane. London: Chapman & Hall.

Huffman, Thomas N. 1990.
Brooderstroom and the origins of cattle-keeping in southern Africa. African studies, 49, p. 1-12.

Humphreys, A.J.B. 1988.
A prehistoric frontier in the northern Cape and western Orange Free State: archaeological evidence of interaction and ideological change. Kronos: journal of Cape history, 13, p. 3-13.

Iliffe, John. 1969.
The Nama and Herero risings: South West Africa, 1904-1907. Aspects of South African history, p. (?). Edited by G. Kibodya. Institute of Education, University College of Dar es Salaam.

Jacobson, Leon Carl. 1976.
A critical review of the Damaraland culture. Cimbebasia, series B, 2 (8), p. 203-208.

Jacobson, Leon Carl; Vogel, J.C. 1979.
Radiocarbon dates for two Khoi ceramic vessels from Conception Bay, South West Africa/Namibia. South African journal of science, 75, p. 230-231.

Jahn, Janheinz. 1964.
Wir nannten sie Wilde. Begegnungen in Übersee einst und jetzt; aus alten und neuen Reisebeschreibungen zusammengestelltund kommentiert: ein Buch in drei Motiven, elf Kapiteln und achtundzwanzig Begegnungen. München: Ehrenwirth. Pp 200.
Notes: "Mit Auszügen aus: Vasco da Gama 1497, Johann Siegmund Wurfbain 1646, Johann Jacob Merklein 1653, Albrecht Herport 1659, Johann Jacob Saar 1660, Johann Christian Hoffmann 1671, Christoph Schweitzer 1676, Anders Sparrman 1775, Laurens van der Post: pp. 27-49 - Berichte über Khoekhoen und Saan" (Strohmeyer 1982:4).

James, Wilgot Godfrey; Simons, Mary. 1989.
The angry divide: social and economic history of the western Cape. Cape Town: David Philip Publ. in association with the Centre for African Studies (CAS), University of Cape Town. Pp 258.
Reviews etc.: Thomas P. Johnson, Canadian journal of African studies, v. 28 (1994) p. 381-382.
Notes: Reprinted 1992 (with a new title?) by Transaction Publishers in New Brunswick NJ (ISBN-10 0-560-00035-X).

James, Wilgot Godfrey; Simons, Mary. 1992.
Class, caste and color: a social and economic history of the western Cape. New Brunswick NJ: Transaction Publ. Pp xiii, 258.
Notes: Originally published 1989 as The angry divide: social and economic history of the western Cape by David Philip Publishers in Cape Town.

Jarvis, J.F.; Heerden, H.G. van. 1967.
The acuity of hearing in the Kalahari Bushmen: a pilot survey. Journal of laryngology and otology, 81, p. 63-86.

Jeffreys, Merwyn David Waldegrave. 1947.
The origin of the name Hottentot. African affairs, 46 (184), p. 163-165.

Jeffreys, Merwyn David Waldegrave. 1968.
Some Semitic influences in Hottentot culture. Raymond Dart lectures, 4. Johannesburg: Witwatersrand University Press for the Institute for the Study of Man in Africa.

Jenkins, Trefor. 1986.
The prehistory of the San and the Khoikhoi as recorded in their blood. Contemporary studies on Khoisan: in honour of Oswin Köhler on the occasion of his 75th birthday, v. 2, p. 51-77. Edited by Rainer Vossen and Klaus Keuthmann. Quellen zur Khoisan-Forschung, 5. Hamburg: Helmut Buske Verlag.

Jenkins, Trefor; Brain, C.P. 1967.
The peoples of the lower Kuiseb Valley South West Africa. Scientific papers of the Namib Desert Research Station, 35, p. (?).

Jenkins, Trefor; Tobias, Phillip Vallentine. 1977.
Nomenclature of population groups in southern Africa. African studies, 36 (1), p. 49-55.
Notes: "This was an attempt to prescribe the terminology to be used to delineate population groups ... [it] was based on a rather simplistic view of the issues involved" (Barnard 1992:50).

Jenny, Hans R. 1969.
Die letzten Giftpfeile. Internationales Afrikaforum, 5, p. 210-214.
Notes: "Sprachlicher vergleich der Nama- und Buschmannsprachen, auf Köhler fussend" (Strohmeyer & Moritz 1975:126).

Jenny, Hans R. 1970.
Neue Erkenntnisse der Buschmannforschung. Afrikanischer Heimatkalender, 40, p. 63-75.
Notes: "Wildbeuter, Urrassen Afrikas, die Beziehungen zwischen Khoekhoen und Saan" (Strohmeyer 1982:195).

Jenny, Hans R. 1976.
South West Africa: land of extremes. Windhoek: SWA (South West Africa) Scientific Society.

Johnston, Harry Hamilton [Sir]. 1913.
A survey of the ethnography of Africa, and the former racial and tribal migrations in that continent. Journal of the Royal Anthropological Institute of Great Britain and Ireland, 43 (2), p. 375-421.
Notes: The article/paper is followed by comments by Emil Torday (p. 414-415), T. Athol Joyce (p. 415-417), a reply from Johnston (p. 418-419), a further comment by C.G. Seligman (p. 419-420) and a nother reply from the author (p. 420-421).

Jong, Cornelis de. 1802/03.
Reizen naar de Kaap de Goede Hoop, Ierland en Noorwegen in de jaren 1791 tot 1797, 3 deele. Haarlem (Nederlanden).

Jong, Cornelis de. 1803.
Reise nach dem Vorgebirge der guten Hoffnung, nach Irland und Norwegen in den Jahren 1791 bis 1797, 2 Bde. Aus dem holländischen übersetzt, nebst einigen Anmerkungen und einem Anhange des Übersetzers, den Zustand der Brüdermission unter den Hottentotten betreffend. Hamburg.

Jopp, Werner. 1960.
Die früheren deutschen Berichte über das Kapland und die Hottentotten bis 1750. Dissertation. Göttingen: Georg-August-Universität (Georgia Augusta).

Juncker, Christian. 1710.
Commentarius de vita, scriptisque ac meritis illustris viri Iobi Ludolfi, consiliarii quondam serenissimorum Saxoniae Ducum imtimi, viri per eruditum orbem celeberrimi, auctore Christiano Iunckero [...] in appendice adiectae sunt tum epistolae aliquot clarorum virorum, tum etiam specimen linguae hottentotticae, nunquan alias ad notitiam Germanorum perlatae. Lipsiae & Francofurti: Friderici Braunii. Pp xvi, 228, xix.
Notes: Includes a small Dutch-Khoekhoe-Latin word list on p. 229-237 (or 224-232?), which presumably originates from Nikolaus Witsen.

Jungraithmayr, Herrmann; Möhlig, Wilhelm Johann Georg. 1983.
Lexikon der Afrikanistik: afrikanische Sprachen und ihre Erforschung. Berlin: Dietrich Reimer Verlag. Pp 351, 3 maps.
Reviews etc.: Rainer Vossen, Tribus, v. 34 (1985) p. 204-206.
Notes: Includes brief sections on a variety of subjects, e.g. "Khoisansprachen" by J.C. Winter (p. 125-127).

Kent, Susan. (Ed.) 1996.
Cultural diversity among twentieth-century foragers: an African perspective. Cambridge University Press.
Reviews etc.: Peter Mitchell, African archaeological review, v. 17 (2000) p. 177-181.

Kicherer, Johannes Jacobus. 1805.
Narrative of the mission to the Hottentots and Bochemens. Wiscasset, Babson & Rust. Pp 47.

Kicherer, Johannes Jacobus. 1808/12.
Narrative of the mission to the Hottentots and Bochemens. Transactions of the (London) Missionary Society, 2, p. 1-47.
Notes: Contains extracts from Kircherer (1805).

Kienetz, Alvin. 1977.
The key role of the Oorlam migrations in the early Europeanization of South West Africa (Namibia). International journal of African historical studies, 10 (4), p. 553-572.

Kieskamp, Andrea. 1998.
The Khoekhoe in Van Riebeeck's official accounts: reconstruction of a period (1652-1662). The proceedings of the Khoisan identities and cultural heritage conference, held at the South African Museum, Cape Town, 12-16 July 1997, p. 165-171. Edited by Andrew Bank, Hans Heese and Chris Loff. Cape Town: Infosource in association with the Institute of Historical Research, University of Western Cape.

Kimmenade, Martin van de. 1954.
Essai de grammaire et vocabulaire de la langue Sandawe. Micro bibliotheca anthropos, 9. Posieux: Anthropos-Institut. Pp 120.
Reviews etc.: Emmi Kähler-Meyer, "Martin van de Kimmenades Grammatik und Vokabular der Sandawe-Sprache", Anthropos, v. 49 (1954) p. 290-294.
Notes: Contains comparisons with Khoekhoe.

Kinahan, John. 1986.
The archaeological structure of pastoral production in the central Namib Desert. Prehistoric pastoralism in southern Africa, p. 69-82. Edited by Martin Hall and Andrew B. Smith. Goodwin series, 5. Vlaeberg (South Africa): South African Archaeological Society.

Kinahan, John. 1989.
Pastoral nomads of the central Namib Desert: the people that time forgot. PhD thesis. Johannesburg: University of the Witwatersrand.

Kinahan, John. 1991.
Pastoral nomads of the central Namib Desert: the people that time forgot. Windhoek: New Namibia Books for the Namibia Archaeological Trust.
Notes: Publication of the author's dissertation, University of the Witwatersrand, 1989.

Kingon, J.R.L. 1918.
A survey of aboriginal place-names. South African journal of science, 15, p. 712-779.

Kirby, Percival R. 1932.
The music and musical instruments of the Korana. Bantu studies, 6, p. 183-204.

Kirk, T. 1973.
The Kat River settlement. Journal of African history, 14 (3), p. 411-428.

Kitchingman, James. 1818/24.
Extracts from a journal of Mr James Kitchingman, late missionary at Steinkopff, in Great Namaqualand, containing particulars of a journey to some of the Namaqua tribes dwelling north east of the Society's station called Bethany. Quarterly chronicle of the transactions of the (London) Missionary Society, 2, p. 147-155.

Klein, Harriet E. Manelis. 1976.
Tense and aspect in the Damara verbal system. African studies, 35 (3/4), p. 207-227.

Klein, Richard G. 1986.
The prehistory of stone age herders in the Cape Province of South Africa. Prehistoric pastoralism in southern Africa, p. 5-12. Edited by Martin Hall and Andrew B. Smith. Goodwin series, 5. Vlaeberg (South Africa): South African Archaeological Society.

Klein-Arendt, Reinhardt. 1995.
Die Niederschlagung der Nama- und Herero-Aufstände in Deutsch-Südwestafrika. Sprachkulturelle und historische Forschungen in Afrika: 11. Afrikanistentage, Köln, 19.-21. Sept. 1994, p. 225-234. Edited by Axel Fleisch and Dirk Otten. Köln: Rüdiger Köppe Verlag.

Knappert, Jan. 1981.
Namibia: land and peoples, myths and fables. Nisaba series, 11. Leiden: E.J. Brill. Pp viii, 201.

Knudsen, Hans Christian. 185x.
Stoff zu einer Grammatik in der Namaquasprache. Manuskript. Kapstadt: Grey Sammlung, Südafrikanische Öffentliche Bibliothek. Pp 29.

Knudsen, Hans Christian. 1845.
Nama A.B.Z.: :kannis, :gei *hu-*ze khom-ei-.kannis.. Cape Town: Pike & Philip. Pp 16.
Notes: The colons in <:kannis> and <:gei> should be superscript.

Knudsen, Hans Christian. 1846.
A spelling-leaf in the Namaqua language. Manuscript. Cape Town: Grey Collection, South African Public Library. Pp 4.

Knudsen, Hans Christian. 1848.
Gross-Namaqualand. Barmen-Wuppertal: J.F. Steinhaus. Pp 59.

Knudsen, Hans Christian. 1928/30.
Berichte von Missionar Knudsen über Bethanien und Namaland aus den Jahren 1844-1851. Quellen zur Geschichte von Südwest-Afrika, 3. Windhoek: Staatsarchiv. Pp 15-73.

Knussmann, Rainer. 1969.
Bericht über eine anthropologische Forschungsreise zu den Dama in Südwestafrika. Homo, 20, p. 34-66.

Knussmann, Rainer; Knussmann, Renate. 1969/70.
Die Dama: eine Altschicht in Südwestafrika?. Journal of the SWA (South West Africa) Scientific Society, 24, p. 9-32.
Notes: "Anthropologische Messungen und Blutgruppenbestimmungen, Vermutungen über die Vorgeschichte der Bergdama" (Strohmeyer & Moritz 1975:179).

Knussmann, Rainer; Knussmann, Renate. 1976.
Blood and serum protein groups of the Dama of South-West Afrika. Human heredity, 26, p. 34-42.

Knussmann, Rainer; Knussmann, Renate. 1976.
Zu den Polymorphismen des Blutes beim Negerstamm der Dama und zu den serologischen Ähnlickeitsverhältnissen im südwestlichen Afrika. Festband Pöch, p. (?). Edited by E. Breitinger.

Kock, Victor de. 1950.
Those in bondage: an account of the life of the slave at the Cape in the days of the Dutch East India Company. London: George Allen & Unwin. Pp 240.
Notes: Reprinted several times, e.g. 1971 by Kennikat Press in Port Washington NY (ISBN-10 0-8046-1368-0).

Koenen, Eberhard von. 1977.
Heil- und Giftpflanzen in Südwestafrika. Windhoek & Stuttgart: Akademischer Verlag; Stuttgarter Verlagskontor. Pp 272.
Notes: The appendix contains plant names in Herero, Himba, Kwanyama, Ndonga, Khoekhoe, English, Afrikaans and German.

Köhler, Oswin Reinhold Albin. 1947.
Beziehungen zwischen Phonem und Tonem in Hottentottischen. Zeitschrift für Phonetik und allgemeine Sprachwissenschaft, 1, p. 62-65.

Köhler, Oswin Reinhold Albin. 1958.
A study of Karibib district (South West Africa). Partly based on material of Günter Wagner. Ethnological publications, 40. Pretoria: Government Printer for the Department of Bantu Administration (South Africa).

Köhler, Oswin Reinhold Albin. 1959.
A study of Gobabis district (South West Africa). Ethnological publications, 42. Pretoria: Government Printer for the Department of Bantu Administration (South Africa).

Köhler, Oswin Reinhold Albin. 1959.
A study of Grootfontein district (South West Africa). Ethnological publications, 45. Pretoria: Government Printer for the Department of Bantu Administration (South Africa).
Notes: Contains a lot of useful historical and demographical information about the Hai//om, !Kung, Herero, Damara, Nama and Boers.

Köhler, Oswin Reinhold Albin. 1959.
A study of Omaruru district (South West Africa). Partly based on material of Günter Wagner. Ethnological publications, 43. Pretoria: Government Printer for the Department of Bantu Administration (South Africa).

Köhler, Oswin Reinhold Albin. 1959.
A study of Otjiwarongo district (South West Africa). Ethnological publications, 44. Pretoria: Government Printer for the Department of Bantu Administration (South Africa).

Köhler, Oswin Reinhold Albin. 1960.
Sprachkritische Aspekte zur Hamiten-Theorie über die Herkunft der Hottentotten. Sociologus, neue Folge, 10 (1), p. 69-77.

Köhler, Oswin Reinhold Albin. 1962.
Studien zum Genussystem und Verbalbau der zentralen Khoisan-Sprachen. Anthropos: internationale Zeitschrift für Völker- und Sprachenkunde, 57, p. 529-546.

Köhler, Oswin Reinhold Albin. 1963.
Observations on the Central Khoisan language group. Journal of African languages, 2 (3), p. 227-234.
Notes: Deals with the affinities between Khoekhoe and Kxoé.

Köhler, Oswin Reinhold Albin. 1966.
Die Wortbeziehung zwischen der Sprache Kxoe-Buschmänner und dem Hottentottischen als geschichtliches Problem. Neue afrikanistische Studien: Festschrift für A. Klingenheben, p. 144-165. Edited by Johannes Lukas. Hamburger Beiträge zur Afrika-Kunde, 5. Hamburg: Deutsches Institut für Afrika-Forschung.

Köhler, Oswin Reinhold Albin. 1969.
Die Topnaar-Hottentotten am unteren Kuiseb. Ethnological and linguistic studies in honour of N.J. van Warmelo: essays contributed on the occasion of his sixty-fifth birthday 28 January 1969, p. 99-122. Ethnological publications, 52. Pretoria: Government Printer for the Ethnological Section of the Department of Bantu Administration and Development (South Africa).

Köhler, Oswin Reinhold Albin. 1973/74.
Neuere Ergebnisse und Hypothesen der Sprachforschung in ihrer Bedeutung für die Geschichte Afrikas. Paideuma: Mitteilungen zur Kulturkunde, 19/20, p. 162-199.
Notes: Contains a Kxoe-Zhu comparative word-list, among other things.

Köhler, Oswin Reinhold Albin. 1987.
Khoisan languages. Encyclopaedia britannica, 15th edition, 22, p. 775-778, 813.

Kolb, Peter. 1719.
Caput bonae spei hodiernum, das ist: vollständige Beschreibung des afrikanischen Vorgebürges der Guten Hoffnung, worinnen in dreyen Theilen abgehandelt wird, wie es heut zu Tage nach seiner Situation und Eigenschaft aussiehet. Nürnberg: Joh. Georg Monath. Pp xxiv, 846.
Notes: Besides an anthropological description of the Khoekhoe, this contains a short Khoekhoe vocabulary which Kolben presumably lifted from Graevenbroek's Elegans et accurata gentis africanae, published 1695.

Kolb, Peter. 1719/1975.
Lebenbeschreibung der Hottentotten. Mit einer Introduktion von Hermann Braun. Schriftenreihe der Volkhochschule der Stadt Marktredwitz, 22. Marktredwitz (Deutschland): Volkhochschule der Stadt Marktredwitz. Pp xxiv, 127.
Notes: Contains extracts from Kolben's Caput bonae spei hodiernum.

Kolb, Peter. 1727.
Naaukeurige en uitvoerige beschryving van de Kaap de Goede Hoop, behelzend een zeer omstandig verhaal van den tegenwoordigen toestant van dat vermaarde gewest, deszelfs gelegenheit, haven, sterkte, regerings-vorm, uitgestrekheit, en onlangs ontdekte aanleggende landen; nevens een geleerde beschryving van het klimaat en aart van dat landschap, van deszelfs dieren, visschen, vogelen, planten, kruiden; mitsgaders verscheide wonderen der natuur, daat te lande ontdekt; waar by nog komt, een zeer nette en uit eige ondervinding opgemaakte beschryving van den oorsprong der Hottentotten; vervattende een merkwaardig bericht van derzelver tale, godsdienst, levenswyze, zeldzame overleveringen, gewoonten, maniere van trouwen, besnydenis, opvoeding; als mede veele andere kurieuse waarnemingen aangaande de zeden van die natie, 2 deele. Uit duits vertaalt. Amsterdam: Lakeman.
Notes: The original German edition of 1719 bore the title Caput bonae spei hodiernum.

Kolb, Peter. 1731.
The present state of the Cape of Good Hope: or a particular account of the several nations of the Hottentots, their religion, government, laws, customs, ceremonies and opinions; their art of war, professions, language, genius, etc., together with a short account of the Dutch settlement at the Cape, 2 vols. Translated from German by Mr Medley. London: W. Innys.
Notes: Facsimile reprint 1969 by Johnson Reprint Corporation (Landmarks in anthropology series) in New York. The original edition of 1719 bore the title Caput bonae spei hodiernum.

Kolb, Peter. 1738.
The present state of the Cape of Good Hope: or a particular account of the several nations of the Hottentots, their religion, government, laws, customs, ceremonies and opinions; their art of war, professions, language, genius, etc., together with a short account of the Dutch settlement at the Cape, 2 vols. Second edition, translated from German by Mr Medley. London: W. Innys & R. Manby.

Kolb, Peter. 1743.
Description du Cap de Bonne-Espérance, où l'on trouve tout ce qui concerne l'histoire-naturelle du pays; la religion, les moeurs et les usages des Hottentots, et l'établissement des Hollandois, 3 vols. Traduit de l'allemand. Amsterdam.
Notes: The original German edition of 1719 bore the title Caput bonae spei hodiernum.

Kolb, Peter. 1745.
Beschreibung des Vorgebürges der Guten Hoffnung und derer darauf wohnenden Hottentotten worinnen von der natürlichen Beschaffenheit des Landes, von den Gebräuchen der Einwohner, ingleichen von der Einrichtung dasiger holländischer Colonien zuverlässige Nachricht gegeben wird. Frankfurt-am-Main: Joh. Georg Monath. Pp xxvi, 452.
Notes: Possibly a second edition.

Kolb, Peter. 1777.
Nieuwe algemene beschryving van de Kaap de Goede Hoop, 2 deele. Tweede uitgave, herzient van Petrus Conradi. Amsterdam & Harlingen (Nederlanden).
Notes: The original edition of 1719 bore the title Caput bonae spei hodiernum. The first volume includes a Khoekhoe wordlist on p. 117-127.

Kolb, Peter. 1922.
Reise zum Vorgebirge der Guten Hoffnung. Herausgegeben von Paul Germann. Leipzig: F.A. Brockhaus. Pp 159.
Notes: Probably a reprint.

Kolb, Peter. 1926.
Reise zum Vorgebirge der Guten Hoffnung. Zweite Ausgabe. Alte Reisen und Abenteuer, 4. Leipzig: F.A. Brockhaus.
Notes: Probably a reprint.

Kolb, Peter. 1979.
Unter Hottentotten 1705-1713: die Aufzeichnungen von Peter Kolb. Herausgegeben von Werner Jopp. Alte abenteuerliche Reiseberichte. Tübingen & Basel: Horst Erdmann. Pp 303.

Kolbe, Friedrich Wilhelm [Reverend]. 1888.
A language study based on Bantu: or, an inquiry into the laws of root-formation, the original plural, the sexual dual and the principles of word-comparison, with tables illustrating the primitive pronominal system restored in the African Bantu family of speech. London: Trübner & Co. Pp viii, 97.
Reviews etc.: ..., Zeitschrift für afrikanische Sprachen, v. 1 (1887/88) p. 308-309;.
Notes: "In this work ... Kolbe allowed his imagination to run away with his judgment" (Doke 1945:103). It contains "comparisons between Indogermanic, Bantu (Herero), and Hottentot language and root-formation" (Strohmeyer & Moritz 1975:211). Reprinted 1971 by Books for Libraries Press in Freeport NY (Black heritage library collection; ISBN-10 0-8369-8792-6); and 1972 by Zentralantiquariat der Deutschen Demokratischen Republik in Leipzig.

Kotzé, G.M. 1975.
Streektaal van Namakwaland. Tydskrif vir volkskunde en volkstaal, 31 (4), p. 34-39.

Kotzé, P.W. de Villiers. 1943.
Namakwaland: 'n sosiologiese studie. Kaapstad: Nasionale Pers. Pp xi, 249.
Notes: Publication of the author's dissertation, University of Stellenbosch, 1943.

Krenz, Friedrich Karl [Friedel]. 1970.
Ein Versuch der Deutung von Ortsnamen in Outjo-Bezirk. Mitteilungen der Südwestafrikanischen Wissenschaftlichen Gesellschaft, 11 (4), p. 2-4.

Krenz, Friedrich Karl [Friedel]. 1971.
Unterschiede in der Nama- und Bergdamasprache? Kritische Stellungnahme zum Beitrag von W. Moritz in der "Mitteilungen" XI/12, 1971. Mitteilungen der Südwestafrikanischen Wissenschaftlichen Gesellschaft, 12 (5/6), p. 3-5.
Reviews etc.: Walter Moritz, "Unterschiede in der Nama- und Bergdamasprache", Mitteilungen der Südwestafrikanischen Wissenschaftlichen Gesellschaft, v. 11,12 (1971) p. 4-6; Walter Moritz, "Unterschiede in der Nama- und Bergdamasprache?", Mitteilungen der Südwestafrikanischen Wissenschaftlichen Gesellschaft, v. 12,10/11 (1972) p. 5.

Krenz, Friedrich Karl [Friedel]. 1972.
Bergdama-Stämme: Gliederung nach ihren Wohngebieten aufgrund aigener Anschauung und Berichten alter Dama. Mitteilungen der Südwestafrikanischen Wissenschaftlichen Gesellschaft, 13 (1), p. 4-7.

Krönlein, Johann Georg. 1869.
Nama Grammatik.
Notes: Details wanting. Referred to by Strohmeyer & Moritz (1975:110) who add the note "weitere Angaben nicht zu ermitteln".

Krönlein, Johann Georg. 1889.
Wortschatz der Khoi-Khoin (Namaqua-Hottentotten). Berlin: Deutsche Kolonialgesellschaft. Pp vi, 350.
Reviews etc.: Anon, Zeitschrift für afrikanische Sprachen, v. 2 (1888/89) p. 237-239; Carl Wandres, "Sammlung von Bergdama-Worten, die in Krönlein's Wortschatz nicht enthalten sind", Archiv für Otjiherero und Nama (Swakopmund), v. 6 (1909); Carl Wandres, "Namaworte, die in Krönleins Wortschatz fehlen oder nicht verdeutscht sind, gesammlet in Warmbad und Windhuk seit 1884", Archiv für Otjiherero und Nama (Swakopmund), v. 11 (1909) p. 5-13; Carl Wandres, "Nama-Wörter (nicht bei Kroenlein 1889 aufgeführt), mit Anhang: Bergdama-Wörter", Zeitschrift für Eingeborenen-Sprachen, v. 16 (1925/26) p. 275-297.
Notes: "The tones are unreliable, but the grammatical matter is of the highest value" (Doke 1933:36). It was later revised and enlarged by Rust (1969). Reprinted a few times by Gregg International in Farnborough UK (Gregg reprint no 19; ISBN-10 0-576-11491-X).

Krönlein, Johann Georg. 1979.
Ein Preisgedicht für den Häuptling Jonker Afrikaner. Namibiana: communications of the ethno-historical study group, SWA (South West Africa) Scientific Society, 1 (1), p. 31-33.
Notes: With notes by Budack on p. 35-37; see separate entry.

Krut, L.H.; Singer, Ronald. 1963.
Steatopygia: the fatty acid composition of subcutaneous adipose tissue in the Hottentot. American journal of physical anthropology, 21, p. 181-187.

Ku'eep. 1857.
Sketches and recollections of Great Namaqualand. Cape monthly magazine, 1 (6), p. 365-369.

Ladefoged, Peter; Traill, Anthony. 1984.
Linguistic phonetic description of clicks. Language (Baltimore), 60 (1), p. 1-20.

Ladefoged, Peter; Traill, Anthony. 1994.
Clicks and their accompaniments. Journal of phonetics, 22, p. 33-64.

Laidler, F.W. 1929.
Burials and burial methods of the Namaqualand Hottentots. Man: a record of anthropological science, 29, p. 151-153 (art. 110).

Laidler, Percy Ward. 1927.
The place-names of the Nama Hottentots, gathered in the Richtersveld and Kamiesberg Districts of Little Namaqualand. Man: a record of anthropological science, 27, p. 147-150 (art. 96).

Landman, Christine. 1996.
The religious Krotoa (c. 1642-1674). Kronos: journal of Cape history, 23, p. 22-35.

Langkavel, Bernhard. 1892.
Der Mensch und seine Rassen. Stuttgart: Dietz. Pp xiv, 644.
Notes: Deals with Ovambo R20 on p. 319-320, Damara (i.e. Herero R31) on p. 320-321, "Hottentotten" on p. 345-346, and Bushmen on p. 346-349 (Strohmeyer 1982:197).

Lanham, Leonard Walter. 1978.
An outline history of the languages of southern Africa. Language and communication studies in South Africa, p. 13-28. Edited by Leonard Walter Lanham and Karel P. Prinsloo. Cape Town: Oxford University Press.

Laporte, Joseph de [Abbé]. 1776.
Le voyageur françois, ou la connoissance de l'ancien et du nouveau monde, mis au jour par M. l'Abbé Delaporte. Nouvelle édition. Paris: Cellot. Pp 468.
Notes: Deals with the Cape of Good Hope and the Khoekhoe (p. 1-95) plus Angola (p. 96-130). This is certainly not the first edition, nor the second. It could be a reprint of the third, fourth, fifth, etc.

Latham, Robert Gordon. 1847.
On the present state and recent progress of ethnographical philology. Part 1: Africa. Reports of the meeting of the British Association for the Advancement of Science, 17, p. 154-229.
Notes: Discusses languages from all over Africa and has many word lists for many languages, i.e. Abunda, Acra, Affadeh, Affootoo, Afnu, Agau of Agaum, Agow, Akkim, Ako, Akripon, Akuonga, Amanahea, Amina, Appa, Ashantee, Bagnon, Bambarra, Barea, Bassa, Begharmi, Benin, Bimbia, Bogharmi, Bomba, Bongo, Bonny, Bornu, Boroom, Bullom, Bunda, Caffre, Calbra, Camançons, Camba, Cameroons, Cape Lopez, Congo, Coptic, Dalla, Danakil, Darfoor, Darfur, Darrunga, Denka, Ediyah, Embomma, Falasha, Fantee, Fazoglo, Feloop, Fertit, Fetu, Fot, Fulah, Fulasha, Galla, Gien, Gongo, Guderu, Harargie, Ho, Hottentot, Howssa, Hurrur, Ibakpáh, Ibo, Ibollóh, Ibu, Kallaghee, Kanga, Karaba, Kassenti, Kaylee, Kensy, Kerrapay, Kissi, Kissour, Koldagi, Kongo, Kossa, Kouri, Krepee, Kru, Loango, Makua, Malemba, Mallowa, Mandara, Mandingo, Mangree, Mendi, Mobba, Mobilian, Mogialona, Moko, Msambara, Msegua, Noub, Nufee, Old Calebar, Oyóh, Pessa, Popo, Qamamyl, Quilimani, Quolla-liffa, Rungo, Salo, Saracole, Serawoolli, Sereres, Shabum, Shabun, Shankala, Shiho, Shilluck, Showiah, Somauli, Souldanian, Sowaiel, Susu, Takeli, Takne, Tambu, Tapua, Tembu, Tigré, Timbuctoo, Timmani, Tumali, Uhobo, Ukuafi, Vei, W. Agau, Wakamba, Wanika, Wawu, Wolaitsa, Woloff, Woratta, Yangaro, Yarriba. There are also some grammatical notes for, e.g. Tumali, Tswana, and other languages. Most of the data has been culled from other contemporary sources, such as Salt (1814), Bowdich (1819), Kilham (1828), Rüppell (1829), Norris (1841), Hodgson (1844), Avezac (1845), Beke (1845), etc., but some material comes from manuscripts handed to the author by various friends and colleagues.

Latham, Robert Gordon. 1856.
Ethnological remarks upon some of the more remarkable varieties of the human spieces, represented by individuals now in London. Journal of the Ethnological Society of London, 4, p. 149.

Latrobe, Christian Ignatius. 1818.
Journal of a visit to South Africa in 1815 and 1816, with some account of the missionary settlements of the United Brethren, near Cape of Good Hope. London. Pp vii, 406.
Notes: Facsimile reprint 1969 by Cornelis Struik in Cape Town, with a new comprehensive biographical and general introduction by Frank R. Bradlow (limited to 1000 copies); and 1969 also in New York.

Latrobe, Christian Ignatius. 1820.
Tagebuch einer Besuchs-Reise nach Südafrika in den jahren 1815 und 1816; nebst einigen Nachrichten von den zur Mission der Brüdergemeinde gehörigen Niederlassungen am Vorgebirge der Guten Hoffnung. Aus dem englischen übersetzt von Friedrich Hesse. Halle: Hallisches Waisenhaus. Pp xvi, 398.

Lau, Brigitte. 1982.
The emergence of kommando politics in Namaland, southern Namibia 1800-1870. MA thesis. University of Cape Town.

Lau, Brigitte. 1986.
Conflict and power in nineteenth-century Namibia. Journal of African history, 27, p. 29-39.

Lau, Brigitte. 1987.
Southern and central Namibia in Jonker Afrikaner's time. Windhoek Archives publications, 8. Windhoek: State Archives. Pp 162.
Notes: Publication of the author's MA thesis (The emergence of kommando politics in Namaland), University of Cape Town, 1982.

Lebzelter, Viktor. 1928.
Die religiösen Vorstellen der //Khun-Buschmänner, der Buschmänner der Etoshapfanne und des Ovambo-Landes, und der Ovambo-Bantu. Festschrift/Publication d'hommage offerte au P.W. Schmidt: 76 sprachwissenschaftliche, ethnologische, religiosnwissenschaftliche, praehistorische und andere Studien, p. 407-415. Edited by Wilhelm Koppers. Wien: Mechitharisten-Congregations-Buchdrukerei.

Lebzelter, Viktor. 1930.
Die Vorgeschichte von Süd- und Südwestafrika: wissenschaftliche Ergebnisse einer Forschungsreise nach Süd- und Südwestafrika in den Jahren 1926-1928. Rassen und Kulturen in Südafrika, 1. Leipzig: Karl W. Hiersemann. Pp xii, 220, 48 plates.

Lebzelter, Viktor. 1934.
Eingeborenenkulturen in Süd- und Südwestafrika: wissenschaftliche Ergebnisse einer Forschungsreise nach Süd- und Südwestafrika in den Jahren 1926-1928. Rassen und Kulturen in Südafrika, 2. Leipzig: Karl W. Hiersemann.

Lee, Richard B. 1965.
Checklist of plant and animal names. Manuscript. Cambridge MA: Department of Social Relations, Harvard University.
Notes: Mentioned by, for instance, Levy (1968:3).

Legassick, Martin. 1969.
The Griqua, the Sotho-Tswana and the missionaries, 1780-1880: the politics of a frontier zone. PhD thesis. Los Angeles: University of California at Los Angeles (UCLA).

Legassick, Martin. 1979.
The northern frontier to c.1820: the rise and decline of the Griqua people. The shaping of South African society, 1652-1820, p. 243-290. Edited by Richard H. Elphick and Hermann Giliomee. Cape Town: Longmans.

Legassick, Martin. 1989.
The northern frontier to c.1840: the rise and decline of the Griqua people. The shaping of South African society, 1652-1840, p. 358-420. Second edition. Edited by Richard H. Elphick and Hermann Giliomee. Middletown CN & Cape Town: Wesleyan University Press; Maskew Miller Longman.

Lehmann, Friedrich Rudolf. 1945.
Die naam "Hottentot". Tydskrif vir volkskunde en volkstaal, 1, p. 65-74.

Leibniz, Gottfried Wilhelm von. 1717.
Collectanea etymologica: illustrationi linguarum veteris celticae, germanicae, gallicae, aliarumque inservientia [...]. Hannover.
Notes: Contains wordlist for some - or even several? - African languages. Khoekhoe appears on p. 375-384 (Strohmeyer & Moritz 1975:114). Drexel (1921/22:91) gives a latinate form of the author's name, G. Guil. Leibnitii.

Lepsius, [Karl] Richard. 1880.
Nubische Grammatik, mit einer Einleitung über die Völker und Sprachen Afrikas. Berlin: Wilhelm Hertz. Pp xii, cxxvi, 506.
Reviews etc.: Adolf Erman, Göttingische gelehrte Anzeigen, v. 2/33 (1880) p. 1043-1056; H. Steinthal, Zeitschrift für Völkerpsykologie und Sprachwissenschaft, v. 12 (1880) p. 335-359; Georg Ebers, Zeitschrift der deutschen morgenländischen Gesellschaft, v. 35 (1881) p. 207-218; Johann Gottlieb Christaller, "Bemerkungen zu R. Lepsius' Einleitung über die Völker und Sprachen Afrikas", Zeitschrift für afrikanische Sprachen, v. 1 (1887/88) p. 241-251; C.M. Doke, "The growth of comparative Bantu philology(revised)", African studies, v. 19 (1960) p. 193-218.
Notes: Includes a section "Hottentotten" (p. lxv-lxxii). Reprinted 1969 by Frank Cass & Co. in London.

Lévy-Bruhl, Lucien. 1929.
La numération chez les Bergdama. Africa: journal of the International Institute of African Languages and Cultures, 2, p. 162-173.

Lewy, Ernst. 1922.
Zu den Nebensätzen des Nama-Hottentottischen. Manuskript.
Notes: This was reprinted (partly or in full) 1964 in Kratylos, v. 9; as well as 1966 in Münchener Studien zur Sprachwissenschaft, v. 19, p. 143-157.

Lichtenstein, Hinrich [Martin] [Karl]. 1808.
Bemerkungen über die Sprachen der südafrikanischen wilden Völkerstämme, nebst einem kleinen Wörterverzeichnisse aus den gebräuchlichsten Dialecten der Hottentotten und Kaffern. Allgemeines Archiv für Ethnographie und Linguistik (Weimar), 1, p. 259-331.
Reviews etc.: C.M. Doke, "The growth of comparative Bantu philology(revised)", African studies, v. 19 (1960) p. 193-218.

Lichtenstein, Hinrich [Martin] [Karl]. 1811/12.
Reisen im südlichen Afrika in den Jahren 1803, 1804, 1805 und 1806, 2 Bde. Berlin: Salfeld. Pp x, 1346.
Notes: Volume II includes an appendix on Korana and /Xam Bushman. First volume reprinted 1967 by F.A. Brockhaus in Stuttgart, with a new introduction by Wahrhold Drascher (Quellen zur Forschungen zur Geschichte der Geographie und der Reisen, 4).

Lichtenstein, Hinrich [Martin] [Karl]. 1812.
Über die Sprache der wilden Hottentottenstämme, insonderheit der Koranen und Buschmänner. Reisen im südlichen Afrika in den Jahren 1803, 1804, 1805 und 1806, v. 2, p. 603-618. Berlin: Salfeld.

Lichtenstein, Hinrich [Martin] [Karl]. 1812/15.
Travels in southern Africa in the years 1803, 1804, 1805 and 1806, 2 vols. Translated from German by Anne Plumptre. London: Henry Colburn. Pp 1383.
Reviews etc.: John Barrow, Quarterly review, v. 8 (1812) p. 374-395.
Notes: Reprinted 1928/30 by the Van Riebeeck Society in Cape Town (Publications from the Van Riebeeck Society, nos 10-11).

Lickey, Sara A. 1985.
Khoisan influence in southern Bantu: an investigation. MA thesis. University of Pittsburgh.

Liebrecht, Felix. 1865?
Hottentottische Märchen. Zeitschrift für Völkerpsykologie und Sprachwissenschaft, 5, p. 58-73.

Liedtke, Wolfgang. 1992.
Die gesellschaftliche Stellung von San-Gruppen in ihren Beziehungen zu Ovambo, Nama und Tswana, belegt älteren deutschsprachigen Quellen. Jahrbuch des Museums für Völkerkunde zu Leipzig, 39, p. 201-214.

Lindfors, Bernth. 1996.
Hottentot, Bushman, Kaffir: taxonomic tendencies in nineteenth-century racial iconography. Nordic journal of African studies, 5 (2), p. 1-30.

Lindfors, Bernth. (Ed.) 1999.
Africans on stage: studies in ethnological showbusiness. Bloomington: Indiana University Press.

Lindfors, Bernth. 2001.
Hottentot, Bushman, Kaffir: the making of racist stereotypes in 19th-century Britain. Encounter images in the meetings between Africa and Europe, p. 54-75. Edited by Mai Palmberg. Uppsala: Nordic Africa Institute (NAI).
Notes: Slightly edited version of an article previously published as "Hottentot, Bushman, Kaffir: taxonomic tendencies in nineteenth-century racial iconography" in Nordic journal of African studies, v. 5 (1996).

Liniger-Goumaz, Max. 1968.
Pygmées et autres races de petite taille (Boschimans, Hottentots, Negritos, etc.): bibliographie générale. Genève: Les éditions du temps. Pp 338.

Links, T.H. 1983.
Khoi-invloed op die spreektaal van Kharkams (Namakwaland). G.S. Nienaber: 'n huldeblyk, p. 325-332. Edited by A.J.L. Sinclair. Bellville: Universiteit van die Wes-Kaap.

Links, T.H. 1989.
So praat ons Namakwalanders. Cape Town: Tafelberg Uitgewers.

Louw, Jacobus Abraham. 1957.
The nomenclature of cattle in the south-eastern Bantu languages. Communications from UNISA (University of South Africa), C.2. Pretoria. Pp 19.
Notes: Deals with the "linguistic and cultural exchange between Hottentots and the South-Eastern Bantu" (Strohmeyer & Moritz 1975:127).

Louw, Jacobus Abraham. 1974.
The influence of Khoe on the Xhosa language. Limi, new series, 2 (2), p. 45-62.

Louw, Jacobus Abraham. 1976.
The influence of Khoi on Xhosa morphology. Gedenkbundel H.J.J.M. van der Merwe, p. 87-95. Edited by Willem J. de Klerk and Fritz Ponelis. Pretoria: J.L. van Schaik.

Louw, Jacobus Abraham. 1977.
The adaption of non-click Khoi consonants in Xhosa. Khoisan linguistic studies 3, p. 74-92. Edited by Anthony Traill. Communications from the African Studies Institute, 6. Johannesburg: University of the Witwatersrand.

Louw, Jacobus Abraham. 1977.
The linguistic prehistory of the Xhosa. Zur Sprachgeschichte und Ethnohistorie in Afrika, p. 127-151. Edited by Wilhelm Johann Georg Möhlig, Franz Rottland and Bernd Heine. Neue Beiträge afrikanistischer Forschungen. Berlin: Dietrich Reimer Verlag.

Louw, Jacobus Abraham. 1979.
A preliminary survey of Khoi and San influence in Zulu. Khoisan linguistic studies 5, p. 8-21. Edited by Anthony Traill. Johannesburg: African Studies Institute, University of the Witwatersrand.

Louw, Jacobus Abraham. 1986.
Some linguistic influence of Khoi and San in the prehistory of the Nguni. Contemporary studies on Khoisan: in honour of Oswin Köhler on the occasion of his 75th birthday, v. 2, p. 141-168. Edited by Rainer Vossen and Klaus Keuthmann. Quellen zur Khoisan-Forschung, 5. Hamburg: Helmut Buske Verlag.

Ludloff, Rudolf F. 1891.
Nach Deutsch-Namaland, Südwestafrika: Reisebriefe. Coburg (Deutschland): Dietz. Pp 136.

Ludolfus, Job. 1681.
Grammatica aethiopica. Francofurti.
Notes: On Ge'ez. Ludolf speculates about a North-African/Semitic origin for the southern African Khoikhoi (see Winter 1981:353).

Ludolfus, Job. 1681.
Grammatica aethiopica. Editio altera. Francofurti: Johannem David Zunnerum. Pp 184.
Notes: New (second) edition.

Luijks, Carla. 2001.
The Khoekhoe and/or the San: gathering the Afrikaans substrate languages. Cornell working papers in linguistics, 18, p. (?).

Luschan, Felix von. 1905.
The racial affinities of the Hottentots. London: British and South African Association.
Notes: Reprinted 1907 by Spottiswoode in London for the British and South African Association.

Mackenzie, John Macdonald [Bishop]. 1871.
Ten years north of the Orange River: a story of everyday life and work among the South African tribes from 1859 to 1869. Edinburgh: Edmondston & Douglas. Pp xix, 523.
Notes: Reprinted 1971 by Frank Cass & Co. in London, with a new introduction by Cecil Northcott (Cass library of African studies, missionary researches and travels, 5).

Mackenzie, John Macdonald [Bishop]. 1883.
Day dawn in dark places. London: Cassell & Co.
Notes: Travelogue.

Maddieson, Ian. 1984.
Patterns of sounds. Cambridge University Press. Pp 422.
Notes: Includes Nama and !Kung phonology.

Magubane, Zine. 1996.
Labour laws and stereotypes: images of the Khoikhoi in the Cape in the age of abolition. South African historical journal, 35, p. 115-134.

Magubane, Zine. 2001.
Labor laws an stereotypes: images of the Khoikhoi in the Cape in the age of abolition. Encounter images in the meetings between Africa and Europe, p. 76-95. Edited by Mai Palmberg. Uppsala: Nordic Africa Institute.

Maho, Jouni Filip. 1993.
An overview of people and languages in Namibia. Undergraduate D-level essay. Department of Linguistics, Göteborg University. Pp viii, 178.
Notes: Revised, re-written and published as Few people, many tongues (Maho 1998).

Maho, Jouni Filip. 1998.
Few people, many tongues: the languages of Namibia. Windhoek: Gamsberg Macmillan Publ. Pp x, 222.
Reviews etc.: Arvi Hurskainen, Nordic journal of African studies, v. 7 (1998) p. 95-99; Axel Fleisch, Word, v. 51 (2000) p. 413-416; Brian Harlech-Jones, Journal of multilingual and multicultural development, v. 21 (2000) p. 151-153; Sabine Hoeth, Frankfurter afrikanistische Blätter, v. 12 (2000) p. 151-153; Haig Der-Houssikian, ABPR - African book publishing record, v. 25 (2000) p. ?; Edward J. Vajda, Language, v. 76 (2000) p. 474.
Notes: Survey of the linguistic typology and the sociolinguistics of the Namibian languages. Revision (heavy) of Maho (1993).

Maho, Jouni Filip. 2000.
The linguistic legacy of the early missionaries in southern Africa. Tongues and texts unlimited: studies in honour of Tore Janson on the occasion of his sixtieth birthday, p. 143-154. Edited by Hans Aili and Peter af Trampe. Stockholm: Institutionen för klassiska språk, Stockholms universitet.
Notes: A less-than-critical praise of the linguistic material the missionaries have left us. Think of it, who else was interested in recording languages during the nineteenth century? Linguists?

Maho, Jouni Filip; Namaseb, Levi. 1991.
Unpublished Khoekhoegowab word/phrase list. Department of Linguistics, Göteborg University. Pp 11.

Maingard, Louis Fernand. 1931.
A revised manuscript version of the Korana catechism of C.F. Wuras. Bantu studies, 5, p. 110-165.
Notes: "Contains a detailed grammatical analysis of the text and comparative vocabulary" (Doke 1933:39).

Maingard, Louis Fernand. 1931.
The lost tribes of the Cape. South African journal of science, 28, p. 487-504.
Notes: Levy (1968:10) refers to "Maingard, South African journal of science, 29, p.711, 1932". Perhaps some kind of errata supplement?

Maingard, Louis Fernand. 1932.
Studies in Korana history, customs and language. Bantu studies, 6, p. 103-162.
Notes: "Contains historical and ethnographical texts, phonology and grammatical notes" (Doke 1933:39).

Maingard, Louis Fernand. 1932.
Physical characters of the Korana. Bantu studies, 6, p. 163-182.

Maingard, Louis Fernand. 1933.
The Brikwa and the ethnic origin of the Bathlaping. South African journal of science, 30, p. 597-602.

Maingard, Louis Fernand. 1935.
The origin of the word "Hottentot". Bantu studies, 9, p. 63-67.

Maingard, Louis Fernand. 1936.
Hendrik Jacob Wikar: his editors, translators and commentators. Bantu studies, 10 (1), p. 31-40.
Notes: "Identification of Hottentot words" (Strohmeyer & Moritz 1975:127) - whatever that means.

Maingard, Louis Fernand. 1961.
Kraggakamma: origin of the name and early history. Africana notes and news/Africana aantekeninge en nuus, 14 (8), p. 291-292.

Maingard, Louis Fernand. 1962.
Korana folktales: grammar and texts. Johannesburg: Witwatersrand University Press. Pp vii, 81.

Maingard, Louis Fernand. 1963.
A comparative study of Naron, Hietshware and Korana. African studies, 22 (3), p. 97-108.

Maingard, Louis Fernand. 1964.
The Korana dialects. African studies, 23 (2), p. 57-66.

Maingard, Louis Fernand. 1967.
Korana texts from Bloemhoef. African studies, 26 (1), p. 43-46.

Maingard, Louis Fernand; Lloyd, Lucy Catherine. 1932.
Korana names of animals and plants [collected by Lucy Lloyd, and edited by L.F. Maingard]. Bantu studies, 6 (4), p. 309-321.
Notes: These were originally collected by Lucy Lloyd in 1889.

Malan, Johannes Stefanus. 1980.
Peoples of South West Africa/Namibia. Cape Town: Hollandsche Afrikaanse Uitgewers Maatschappij (HAUM).

Malan, Johannes Stefanus. 1995.
Peoples of Namibia. Second(?) edition. Pretoria: Rhino Publ.

Malan, Johannes Stefanus. 1998.
Die Völker Namibias. Aus dem englischen übersetzt. Göttingen: Klaus Hess Verlag. Pp 156.
Notes: "This anachronistic book, which in the tradition of Apartheid ethnology takes 'Whites' or 'Europeans' as being an 'ethnic group', has been written by a former state ethnologist and well-known supporter for the Christian-national cause of the Afrikaner state" (Dag Henrichsen, Namibia Bibliographical Update 17.11.1998).

Malherbe, V.C. 1978.
Diversification and mobility of Khoikhoi labour in the eastern districts of the Cape Colony prior to the Labour Law of 1 November, 1809. MA thesis. University of Cape Town.

Malherbe, V.C. 1980.
David Stuurman, "last chief of the Hottentots". African studies, 39 (1), p. 47-64.

Malherbe, V.C. 1981.
The Khoi captains in the third frontier war. The Khoikhoi rebellion in the Eastern Cape (1799-1803), p. 66-137. Edited by Susan Newton-King and V.C. Malherbe. Communications from the Centre for African Studies (CAS), 5. University of Cape Town.

Malherbe, V.C. 1982.
Hermanus and his sons: Khoi bandits and conspirators in the post-rebellion period (1803-1818). African studies, 41 (2), p. 189-202.

Marais, Johannes Stephanus. 1939.
The Cape Coloured people, 1652-1937. London, New York & Toronto: Longmans, Green & Co. Pp xxiii, 296.
Reviews etc.: P.A.T.S., Journal of the Royal African Society, v. 38 (1939) p. 492.
Notes: Reprinted several times, e.g. 1957 by Witwatersrand University Press in Johannesburg; and 1978 by AMS Press in New York (ISBN-10 0-404-12106-3).

Marks, Shula. 1972.
Khoisan resistence to the Dutch in the seventeeth and eighteenth centuries. Journal of African history, 13 (1), p. 55-80.

Massib, Gelasius. 1966.
Die 12 maande in Namaquataal / Gurib !na hâ //khâgu di /onti. Angelus (Windhoek), 4 (42), p. 9.

Massman, Ursula. 1971.
Ein Brief zum Thema der Eingeborenen-Ortsbezeichnungen. Mitteilungen der Südwestafrikanischen Wissenschaftlichen Gesellschaft, 12 (2), p. 4-6.

McKiernan, Gerald. 1954.
The narrative and journal of Gerald McKiernan in South West Africa, 1874-1879. Edited, with introduction, notes and map, by P. Serton. Publications from the Van Riebeeck Society, 35. Cape Town. Pp 197.
Notes: Previously unpublished travel journals. The author, an American trader, "wrote it (apparently for friends) upon his return to the United States" (Barnard 1992:16).

Mears, W.G.A. 1968.
Wesleyan missionaries in Great Namaqualand, 1820-1867. Cape Town: Cornelis Struik Publ.
Notes: Cluver (1991:357) dates this 1970. If this is a dissertation, then maybe 1968 is the date of acceptance?

Meinhof, Carl [Friedrich] [Michael]. 1904.
Hottentottische Laute und Lehnwörter im Kaffir [pt. 1]. Zeitschrift der deutschen morgenländischen Gesellschaft, 58, p. 727-769.
Reviews etc.: E. Jacottet, "Bantu phonetics", Christian express, supplement, September 1907.
Notes: Parts 1 and 2 were reprinted 1905 as a book by FA Brochaus in Leipzig.

Meinhof, Carl [Friedrich] [Michael]. 1905.
Hottentottische Laute und Lehnwörter im Kaffir [pt. 2]. Zeitschrift der deutschen morgenländischen Gesellschaft, 59, p. 36-89.
Reviews etc.: H.G., Vox, v. 16 (1906) p. 157-158; E. Jacottet, "Bantu phonetics", Christian express, supplement, September 1907.

Meinhof, Carl [Friedrich] [Michael]. 1905.
The language of the Hottentots. Addresses and papers delivered at the Joint Meeting of the British and South African Associations for the Advancement of Science, 3, p. 119-129.

Meinhof, Carl [Friedrich] [Michael]. 1906.
The language of the Hottentots. Report of the South African Association of the Advancement of Science (South African journal of science), 3, p. 119-129.

Meinhof, Carl [Friedrich] [Michael]. (Ed.) 1909.
Lehrbuch der Namasprache. Mit Beiträgen von Hermann Hegner, Diedrich Westermann und Carl Wandres. Lehrbücher des Seminars für orientalische Sprachen, 23. Berlin: Georg Reimer. Pp 14, 177.
Reviews etc.: B.S., Journal of the African Society, v. 9 (1909/10) p. 329-333.
Notes: Includes "Lautlehre" (p. 1-45) by Carl Meinhof, "Nama-Grammatik" (p. 45-101) by Hermann Hegner & Diedrich Westermann, "Wortbildungslehre" (p. 102-148) by Carl Meinhof, and "Texte" (p. 149-177) by Carl Wandres.

Meinhof, Carl [Friedrich] [Michael]. 1909.
Versuch einer Lautlehre des Nama. Mitteilungen des Seminars für orientalische Sprachen, 12 (III), p. 275-286.

Meinhof, Carl [Friedrich] [Michael]. 1910.
Ergebnisse der afrikanischen Sprachforschung. Archiv für Anthropologie, neue Folge, 9 [37], p. 179-201.
Notes: Deals with the (now outdated) Hamitic-Khoekhoe theory.

Meinhof, Carl [Friedrich] [Michael]. 1912.
Die Sprachen der Hamiten. Nebst einer Beigabe über die hamitische Typen von Felix von Luschan. Abhandlungen der hamburgischen Kolonial-Instituts, 9. Berlin: Friederichsen & Co. Pp xvi, 256.
Reviews etc.: Edward Sapir, Current anthropological literature (Lancaster PA), v. 2 (1913) p. 21-27; N.W. T[homas], Man, v. 14 (1914) p. 12 (art. 7); J.H. Greenberg, "The classification of African languages", American anthropologist, new series, v. 50 (1948) p. 24-30; A.N. Tucker, "Philology and Africa", Bulletin of the School of Oriental and African Studies, v. 20 (1957) p. 541-554.
Notes: Chapter 2 deals with Fulani. There are also some notes on Nama (p. 211-240), Maasai, and others.

Meinhof, Carl [Friedrich] [Michael]. 1912.
Nama. Die Sprache der Hamiten, p. 211-240. Abhandlungen der hamburgischen Kolonial-Instituts, 9. Hamburg: Friederichsen & Co.

Meinhof, Carl [Friedrich] [Michael]. 1921/22.
Was können uns die hamitischen Sprachen für den Bau des semitischen Verbums lehren?. Zeitschrift für Eingeborenen-Sprachen, 12, p. 241-275.
Notes: Includes discussions of several languages, e.g. Bedauye, Chamir, Nama.

Meinhof, Carl [Friedrich] [Michael]. 1926.
Afrikanische Bibelübersetzungen: ein kurzer Überblick für Freunde der Bibel und der Mission. Basel & Stuttgart: Verlag der Basler Missionsbuchhandlung; Evangelischer Missionsverlag. Pp 33.
Notes: Deals with difficulties in translating the Bible into various southern African languages, like Herero, Khoekhoe and others.

Meinhof, Carl [Friedrich] [Michael]. 1930.
Das Verhältnis der Buschmannsprachen zum Hottentottischen. Wiener Zeitschrift für die Kunde des Morgenlandes, 37 (3/4), p. 219-229.

Meinhof, Carl [Friedrich] [Michael]. 1930.
Der Koranadialekt des Hottentottischen. Supplement 12 to Zeitschrift für Eingeborenen-Sprachen. Berlin & Hamburg: Verlag von Dietrich Reimer (Ernst Vohsen); C. Boysen. Pp 152.
Reviews etc.: N.J. van Warmelo, Bantu studies, v. 5 (1931) p. 85-86; A. W[erner], Journal of the African Society, v. 30 (1931) p. 450-452.
Notes: "A very thorough exposition of grammar and vocabulary" (Doke 1933:39). Reprinted 1970 by Kraus Reprint in Nendeln, Liechenstein.

Meinhof, Carl [Friedrich] [Michael]. 1935/36.
Korana-Erzählungen, aufgezeichnet und übersetzt von Benjamin Kats. Zeitschrift für Eingeborenen-Sprachen, 26, p. 161-174.

Meinhof, Carl [Friedrich] [Michael]. 1943.
Methoden der Sprachvergleichung in Afrika. Koloniale Völkerkunde, koloniale Sprachforschung, koloniale Rassenforschung, p. 96-107. Edited by G. Wolff. Special issue (Tagungsband) 1 of Beiträge zur Kolonialforschung. Berlin: Dietrich Reimer Verlag.

Meinhold, Gottfried; Stopa, Roman. 1975.
17 Sätze in Nama-Hottentottisch, gesprochen von Eliphas Eiseb (Okahandja, Südwestafrika). Nova acta leopoldina, 218 (24), p. 631-635.

Meiring, A.J.D. 1953.
Die Hottentotte aan die Kaap voor die tyd van Van Riebeeck soos opgeteken deur Jodocus Hondius. Navorsinge van die Nasionale Museum, Bloemfontein, 1 (1), p. 35-40.

Mentzel, Otto Friedrich. 1785.
Vollständige und zuverlässige geographische und topographische Beschreibung des berühmten und in aller Betrachtung merkwürdigen afrikanischen Vorgebirgs der Guten Hoffnung, Bd 1. Glogau (Deutschland).
Notes: An English translation in two volumes appeared 1921/25, published by the Van Riebeeck Society in Cape Town.

Mentzel, Otto Friedrich. 1787.
Vollständige und zuverlässige geographische und topographische Beschreibung des berühmten und in aller Betrachtung merkwürdigen afrikanischen Vorgebirgs der Guten Hoffnung, Bd 2. Glogau (Deutschland).
Notes: An English translation appeared 1944, published by the Van Riebeeck Society in Cape Town.

Mentzel, Otto Friedrich. 1921/25.
A geographical and topographical description of the Cape of Good Hope, v. 1-2. Translated from German by H.J. Mandelbrote. Publications from the Van Riebeeck Society, 4+6. Cape Town.

Mentzel, Otto Friedrich. 1944.
A geographical and topographical description of the Cape of Good Hope, pt. 3. Translated from German, revised and edited by H.J. Mandelbrote. Publications from the Van Riebeeck Society, 25. Cape Town. Pp xxv, 353.
Notes: This corresponds to the second volume of Vollständige und zuverlässige geographische und topographische Beschreibung des berühmten und in aller Betrachtung merkwürdigen afrikanischen Vorgebirgs der Guten Hoffnung, publ. 1787.

Merensky, Alexander. 1875.
Die Hottentotten. Verhandlungen der Berliner Gesellschaft für Anthropologie, Ethnologie und Urgeschichte, 7, p. 18-24.

Merians, Linda E. 2001.
Envisioning the worst: representations of "Hottentots" in early modern England. Newark DE: University of Delaware Press. Pp 289.
Reviews etc.: Neil Parsons, H-Net book reviews (online), August 2003.

Meriggi, Piero. 1931.
Experimentelle Beiträge zur Tonlehre des Nama-Hottentottischen. Vox: Mitteilungen aus dem phonetischen Laboratorium der Universität Hamburg, 17, p. 39-55.

Messina, Ernest. 1995.
'Kleurlinge is ook swart': swartbewustheid in die Wes-Kaap tot 1977 [with an English summary]. Kronos: tydskrif vir kaaplanse geskiedenis, 22, p. 115-140.

Meulen, R.J. van der. 1833.
Schets van het leven van Afrikaner, een opperhoffd bij de Namaqua's in Zuid-Afrika. Rotterdam.

Minott, Lorraine Lukens. 1973.
Sir Richard Southney: Lieutenant Governor of Griqualand West, 1872-75. MA thesis. University of Cape Town.

Moffat snr, Robert [Reverend]. 1842.
Missionary labours and scenes in southern Africa. London: John Snow for the London Missionary Society (LMS). Pp viii, 164.
Reviews etc.: Anon, "Men and brutes of South Africa", The North African review (Cedar Falls IO), v. 68 (1849) p. 265-300.
Notes: Reprinted many times, e.g. 1969 by Johnson Reprint Corporation in New York.

Moffat snr, Robert [Reverend]. 1856.
Visit to Moselekatse, King of the Matebele. Journal of the Royal Geographical Society of London, 26, p. 84-109.

Moffat snr, Robert [Reverend]. 1857/58.
Narrative of a journey in the Bushman and Namaqualand Districts of the Cape of Good Hope, with map. Proceedings of the Royal Geographical Society of London, 2 (2), p. 77-79.

Moffat snr, Robert [Reverend]. 1857/58.
Journey from Little Namaqualand eastward along the Orange River, the northern frontier of the Colony, &c., with map. Proceedings of the Royal Geographical Society of London, 2 (3), p. 158-163.

Moffat snr, Robert [Reverend]. 1858.
Journey from Little Namaqualand eastward, alonf the Orange River, the northern frontier of the Colony. &c., &c., in August 1856. Journal of the Royal Geographical Society of London, 28, p. 174-187.

Möller, Peter August. 1898.
Iakttagelser under en resa i sydvästra Afrika [Observations during a trip to southwestern Africa]. Ymer: tidskrift utgifven af Svenska Sällskapet för Antropologi och Geografi (Stockholm), 18, p. 49ff.
Reviews etc.: E.W.D., "Anmärkningar", Ymer (Stockholm), v. 19 (1899) p. 449.

Möller, Peter August. 1899.
Journey in Africa through Angola, Ovamboland and Damaraland, 1895-1896. Pp 216.
Notes: Details wanting. Written after he had completed his ox-wagon drive through Angola. Reprinted 1974 by Cornelis Struik in Cape Town.

Molosiwa, Annah. 2000.
Deculturalisation and language shift among the Otjiherero-Mbanderu speakers of Tshabong. Botswana: the future of the minority languages, p. 177-192. Edited by Herman M. Batibo and Birgit Smieja. Duisburger Arbeiten zur Sprach- und Kulturwissenschaft, 40. Frankfurt-am-Main: Peter Lang.
Notes: Discusses intermarriage with Namas.

Moltke, Johannes von. 1976.
Die Oorlams-Hottentotte en Afrikaans. SWA annual, 32, p. 35-43.

Moodie, Donald. (Ed.) 1838/41.
The record, or a series of official papers relative to the conditions of the native tribes of South Africa, 3 vols. Cape Town: A.S. Robertson.
Notes: Reprinted 1960/66 in two vols by A.A. Balkema.

Moodie, John Wedderburn Dunbar. 1835.
Ten years in South Africa, 2 vols. London: Richard Bentley.

Moritz, Eduard. 1915.
Die ältesten Reiseberichte über Deutsch-Südwestafrika [pt. 1]. Mitteilungen aus den deutschen Schutzgebieten, 28, p. 161-268.
Notes: Reprinted in book-form by Fisch (1999).

Moritz, Eduard. 1916.
Die ältesten Reiseberichte über Deutsch-Südwestafrika [pt. 2]. Mitteilungen aus den deutschen Schutzgebieten, 29, p. 135-253.
Notes: Reprinted in book-form by Fisch (1999).

Moritz, Eduard. 1918.
Die ältesten Reiseberichte über Deutsch-Südwestafrika [pt. 3]. Mitteilungen aus den deutschen Schutzgebieten, 31, p. 17-143.
Notes: Reprinted in book-form by Fisch (1999).

Moritz, Walter. 1967.
Südwestafrikanische Ortsnamen in der Namasprache. Manuskript. Walfischbucht. Pp 3.
Notes: Referred to by Strohmeyer & Moritz (1975:122).

Moritz, Walter. 1968.
Übersicht über die Entwicklung der Darstellung der Schnalzlaute im Nama. Mitteilungen der Südwestafrikanischen Wissenschaftlichen Gesellschaft, 9 (1), p. 3.

Moritz, Walter. 1968.
'Elob-mis': the history of the Bible in the Nama language. SWA annual, 1968, p. 35-40.

Moritz, Walter. 1969.
Nama im Gespräch - Nama in gesprek. Manuskript. Walfischbucht. Pp 59.
Notes: Referred to by Strohmeyer & Moritz (1975:110).

Moritz, Walter. 1969.
Die Monatsnamen in Nama: eine Übersicht. Manuskript. Walfischbucht. Pp 4.
Notes: Referred to by Strohmeyer & Moritz (1975:122).

Moritz, Walter. 1969/70.
Die Nama-Sprache bei Johannes Heinrich Schmelen. Journal of the SWA (South West Africa) Scientific Society, 24, p. 33-34.

Moritz, Walter. 1970.
Die Namafibel von Hans Christian Knudsen. Bibliotheka, Reihe H, 1, p. 24-26.

Moritz, Walter. 1970/71.
Die Monatsnamen eines Bergdama. Journal of the SWA (South West Africa) Scientific Society, 25, p. 77-78.

Moritz, Walter. 1971.
Unterschiede in der Nama- und Bergdamasprache. Mitteilungen der Südwestafrikanischen Wissenschaftlichen Gesellschaft, 11 (12), p. 4-6.
Reviews etc.: F.K. Krenz, "Unterschiede in der Nama- und Bergdamasprache? Kritische Stellungnahme zum Beitrag von W. Moritz", Mitteilungen der Südwestafrikanischen Wissenschaftlichen Gesellschaft, v. 12,5/6 (1971) p. 3-5; Walter Moritz, "Unterschiede in der Nama- und Bergdamasprache?", Mitteilungen der Südwestafrikanischen Wissenschaftlichen Gesellschaft, v. 12,10/11 (1972) p. 5.

Moritz, Walter. 1971.
Die Übersetzung der Bibel in die Namasprache. Veröffentlichung des Deutsch-Afrikanischen Studentenbundes 1971, p. 24-27. Pretoria: Universiteit van Pretoria.

Moritz, Walter. 1972.
Zur Geschichte und Bedeutung des Namens Swakop und Swakopmund. Namib und Meer, 3, p. 37-41.
Notes: According to the article: "Swakop" originates from Khoekhoe "Tsoaxoub" which means 'exkremente Ausscheiden'. In Otjiherero the river is called "Otjozondjii" which means 'Ort der Häuptlingsmuschel'.

Moritz, Walter. 1972.
Unterschiede in der Nama- und Bergdamasprache?. Mitteilungen der Südwestafrikanischen Wissenschaftlichen Gesellschaft, 12 (10/11), p. 5.
Reviews etc.: Walter Moritz, "Unterschiede in der Nama- und Bergdamasprache", Mitteilungen der Südwestafrikanischen Wissenschaftlichen Gesellschaft, v. 11,12 (1971) p. 4-6; F.K. Krenz, "Unterschiede in der Nama- und Bergdamasprache? Kritische Stellungnahme zum Beitrag von W. Moritz", Mitteilungen der Südwestafrikanischen Wissenschaftlichen Gesellschaft, v. 12,5/6 (1971) p. 3-5.

Moritz, Walter. 1972.
Nama im Gespräch: Übungsbuch in der Namasprache mit Vokabeln in Deutsch und Afrikaans. Walfischbucht. Pp 30.
Notes: A manuscript-version from 1969 was 59 pages long.

Moritz, Walter. 1973.
Zur Geschichte und Bedeutung des Namens Usakos. Nachrichten (Gesellschaft für wissenschaftliche Entwicklung) (Swakopmund), 5 (2), p. 1-3.
Notes: Says Strohmeyer (1982:42): "Nama !us !khos (an die 'Stirn fassen'); otjiHerero 'okanduu' (verschmutzte Quelle)"; whatever he means with that. Reprinted 1978 in Namib und Meer, v. 8, p. 33-37.

Moritz, Walter. 1974.
Opmerkings tot die nuwe Nama ortografie. Newsletter of the SWA (South West Africa) Scientific Society, 15 (1), p. 7-9.
Notes: This is kind of a review of the then new Khoekhoe orthography.

Moritz, Walter. 1978.
Das älteste Schulbuch in Südwestafrika/Namibia: H.C. Knudsen und die Namafibel. Aus alten Tagen in Südwest, 6, p. (?).
Notes: What's "Aus alten Tagen in Südwest"?

Moritz, Walter. 1980.
Namen der Topnaar (mit Anmerkungen von K.F.R. Budack). Namibiana: communications of the ethno-historical study group, SWA (South West Africa) Scientific Society, 2 (2), p. 37-41.
Notes: Discusses the Swakop Topnaar, i.e. ≠Aonin residing at !Khuiseb near Swakopmund/Walvis Bay (Namibia).

Moritz, Walter. 1981.
Zur Sippenordnung der Topnaar. Namibiana: communications of the ethno-historical study group, SWA (South West Africa) Scientific Society, 3 (2), p. 81-86.

Moritz, Walter. 1983.
Einige Ortsnamen im Namaland (mit Anmerkungen von K.F.R. Budack). Namibiana: communications of the ethno-historical study group, SWA (South West Africa) Scientific Society, 4 (2), p. 75-77.

Morris, Alan G. 1990.
Khoikhoi origins. The Phoenix: magazine of the Albany Museum, 3 (3), p. 8-13.

Morris, Alan G. 1997.
The Griqua and the Khoikhoi: biology, ethnicity and the construction of identity. Kronos: journal of Cape history, 24, p. 106-118.

Morris, Alan G. 1998.
The Griqua and the Khoikhoi: biology, ethnicity and the construction of identity. The proceedings of the Khoisan identities and cultural heritage conference, held at the South African Museum, Cape Town, 12-16 July 1997, p. 367-373. Edited by Andrew Bank, Hans Heese and Chris Loff. Cape Town: Infosource in association with the Institute of Historical Research, University of Western Cape.

Mossop, E.E. (Ed.) 1931.
Joernale van die landtogte van die edele vaandrig Olof Bergh (1682 en 1683) en die vaandrig Isaq Schrijver (1689) / The journals of the expeditions of the honorable ensign Olof Bergh (1682 and 1983) and the ensign Isaq Schrijver (1689). Transcribed and translated into English and edited with a foreword and footnotes by Dr E.E. Mossop. Publications from the Van Riebeeck Society, 12. Cape Town. Pp 270, plates, maps.
Notes: Early descriptions of the Cape area and its inhabitants.

Mossop, E.E. (Ed.) 1935.
The journal of Hendrik Jacob Wikar (1779) and the journals of Jacobus Coetzé Jansz (1766) and Willem van Reenen (1791). With translations by A.W. van der Horst and E.E. Mossop. Publications from the Van Riebeeck Society, 15. Cape Town. Pp xii, 327.
Notes: Early descriptions of life and customs at the Cape.

Mossop, E.E. (Ed.) 1947.
The journals of Brink and Rhenius, being the journal of Carel Frederik Brink of the journey into Great Namaqualand, 1761-1762, made by Captain Hendrik Hop, and the journal of Ensign Johannes Tobias Rhenius, 1724. Transcribed, translated, edited and with an introduction by E.E. Mossop. Publications from the Van Riebeeck Society, 28. Cape Town. Pp xiv, 160.
Notes: Early descriptions of the Cape area. Contains notes on the Khoekhoe.

Moulton, [?]. 1xxx.
List of words in the Namaqua language. Manuscript. Cape Town: Grey Collection, South African Public Library. Pp 23.
Notes: English-Namaqua wordlist.

Müller, Friedrich. 1877.
Grundriss der Sprachwissenschaft, Bd I, Abt. II: die Sprachen der wollhaarigen Rassen. Wien: Alfred Hölder. Pp 263.
Notes: Most of the chapters in this book are based on material collected (and written?) by others. Includes many sections on African languages, e.g. "Hottentotisch (Nama-Dialekt)" (p. 1-24), "Die Sprachen der Buschmänner [Seroa, !Khuai, ≠Nusa]" (p. 25-29).

Nakagawa, Hirosi. 2006.
Aspects of the phonetic and phonological structure of the G/ui language. PhD thesis. Johannesburg: University of the Witwatersrand. Pp 303.
Notes: Discusses also G//ana, !Xoo, Ju/'hoansi, Kxoe, Nama, and Sadawe.

Namaseb, Levi. 1996.
The situation regarding Khoekhoegowab in Grade 1-3. African languages in basic education, p. 147-156. Edited by Karsten Legère. Windhoek: Gamsberg Macmillan Publ.

Namaseb, Levi. 2000.
The patterns of language use and transmission among the Khoekhoe speakers in the capital of Namibia and future trends. The state of Khoesan languages in Botswana, p. 57-75. Edited by Herman M. Batibo and Joseph Tsonope. Mogoditshane (Botswana) & Gaborone: Tasalls Publ. & Books for the Basarwa Languages Project, University of Botswana and University of Tromsø.

Neumann, Sabine; Widlok, Thomas. 1996.
Rethinking some universals of spatial language using controlled comparison. The construal of space in language and thought, p. 345-369. Edited by Martin Pütz and René Dirven. Cognitive linguistics research, 8. Berlin & New York: Mouton de Gruyter.

Newton-King, Susan. 1980.
The labour market in the Cape Colony, 1807-1828. Economy and society in pre-industrial South Africa, p. 171-207. Edited by Shula Marks and Anthony Atmore. Ravan Press.

Newton-King, Susan. 1981.
The rebellion of the Khoi in Graaff-Reinet: 1799 to 1803. The Khoikhoi rebellion in the Eastern Cape (1799-1803), p. 12-65. Edited by Susan Newton-King and V.C. Malherbe. Communications from the Centre for African Studies (CAS), 5. University of Cape Town.

Newton-King, Susan. 1991.
Khoisan resistence to colonial expansion, 1700-1828. An illustrated history of South Africa, p. (?). Second edition, revised. Edited by Trewhella Cameron and T.S. Spies. Johannesburg & Cape Town: Southern Book Publ.; Human & Rousseau.
Notes: This article also appeared in the first edition of 1986.

Newton-King, Susan; Malherbe, V.C. (Ed.) 1981.
The Khoikhoi rebellion in the Eastern Cape, 1799-1803. Communications from the Centre for African Studies (CAS), 5. University of Cape Town.

Nienaber, Gabriel Stefanus. 1953.
Kom die Zoeloe i(li)hhashi uit Engles?. African studies, 12 (1), p. 22-25.
Notes: Deals with the etymology of an Isizulu word, incl. comparisons with old Khoekhoe wordlists by Dapper, Ten Rhyne, Bleek, Lichenstein (Strohmeyer & Moritz 1975:128).

Nienaber, Gabriel Stefanus. 1956.
Die vroegste verslae aangaande Hottentots. African studies, 15 (1), p. 29-35.

Nienaber, Gabriel Stefanus. 1958.
Aangaande die klankbou van Hottentots. Album Edgard Blancquaert, de gehuldigde aangeboden ter gelegenheid van zijn emeritaat, door kollega's vakgenoten en oudleeringen, p. 113-122. Tongeren (Belgium): George Michiels.

Nienaber, Gabriel Stefanus. 1959.
'n Taaleienaarddigheid uit Hottentots. Tydskrif vir volkskunde en volkstaal, 15 (2), p. 1-8.

Nienaber, Gabriel Stefanus. 1960.
'n Ou ongepubliseerde lys Hottentot- en Xhosawoorde. African studies, 19 (3), p. 157-169.
Notes: Contains vocabularies of Xhosa and Cape Khoekhoe collected by Franz von Winkelmann, who travelled in South Africa during 1788-1789.

Nienaber, Gabriel Stefanus. 1962.
'n Lysie Hottentotse woorde uit 1626. African studies, 21 (1), p. 28-39.
Notes: Includes 31 words collected 1626 (by whom?) which are compared to modern Khoekhoe.

Nienaber, Gabriel Stefanus. 1963.
The origin of the name "Hottentot". African studies, 22 (2), p. 65-90.

Nienaber, Gabriel Stefanus. 1963.
Hottentots. Pretoria: J.L. van Schaik. Pp x, 539.
Reviews etc.: A.N. Tucker, Bulletin of the School of Oriental and African Studies, v. 28 (1965) p. 216-217.
Notes: Contains a long "Woordelys" (210-539) including early citations of Khoekhoe from the 17th century onwards.

Nienaber, Gabriel Stefanus. 1990.
Khoekhoen: spelling, vorme, betekenis. African studies, 49 (2), p. 43-50.

Nienaber, Gabriel Stefanus; Raper, Peter Edmund. 1976.
Southern African place names, 1: Khoekhoen place names. Newsletters from the Human Sciences Research Council, 79. Pretoria: Onomastic Research Centre; Human Sciences Research Council (HSRC).

Nienaber, Gabriel Stefanus; Raper, Peter Edmund. 1977.
Toponymica Hottentotica A, 2 deele. Naamkundereeks, 6-7. Pretoria: Suid-Afrikaanse Naamkundesentrum; Raad vir Geestewetenskaplike Navorsing (RGN). Pp xx, 502; xviii, [503]-1126.
Reviews etc.: Rainer Vossen, Beiträge zur Nameforschung, neue folge, v. 22 (1987) p. 434-435.
Notes: Includes A-G and H-Z.

Nienaber, Gabriel Stefanus; Raper, Peter Edmund. 1980.
Toponymica Hottentotica B. Naamkundereeks, 10. Pretoria: Suid-Afrikaanse Naamkundesentrum; Raad vir Geestewetenskaplike Navorsing (RGN). Pp xviii, 823.
Reviews etc.: Rainer Vossen, Beiträge zur Nameforschung, neue folge, v. 22 (1987) p. 434-435.
Notes: Includes A-Z.

Nienaber, Gabriel Stefanus; Raper, Peter Edmund. 1983.
Hottentot (Khoekhoen) place names. Translated from Afrikaans by P.S. Rabie. Durban: Butterworths.
Notes: Originally published 1980 in Afrikaans as Toponymica hottentottica B.

Nienaber, Petrus Johannes. 1963.
Suid-Afrikaanse pleknaamwoordeboek. Kaapstad & Johannesburg: Suid-Afrikaanse Boeksentrum. Pp 418.
Notes: Reprinted 1972 by Suid-Afrikaanse Naamkundesentrum in Pretoria.

Nienaber, Petrus Johannes. 1966.
South African place-names with special reference to Bushmen, Hottentot and Bantu place-names. Proceedings of the 8th international congress of onomastic sciences, p. 334-345. Edited by D.P. Blok. Janua linguarum: series maior, 17. The Hague: Mouton & Co.

Nienaber, Petrus Johannes. 1989.
Khoekhoense stamname: 'n voorlopige verkenning. Kaapstad & Pretoria: Academica.

Nieuhof, J. 1682.
Zee en lant-reize door verscheide gewesten van Oostindien. Amsterdam.
Notes: May have something on the Khoekhoe.

Noble, Roderick. (Ed.) 1869.
The Cape and its people, and other essays. Cape Town: J.C. Juta.
Notes: Reprinted 1970 by Negro Universities Press in New York (ISBN-10 0-8371-2855-2).

Norton, W.A. 1919.
The South-West protectorate and its native population. South African journal of science, 16, p. 453-465.
Notes: Contains, among other things, a short wordlist of Molepolole Sesarwa, Hai//om Nama and "Adam Kok Bushman".

Norton, W.A. 1924.
Bantu place names in Africa. Bibliotheca ethnologica et linguistica africana, 1, p. 31-43.
Notes: Not sure the pagination is correct.

Nurse, George Trevor. 1975.
A short annotated Xiri (Griqua) word list. Manuscript.
Notes: Referred to by Nurse (1975).

Nurse, George Trevor. 1975.
The origins of the northern Cape Griqua. Papers from the Institute for the Study of Man in Africa, 34. Johannesburg: Institute for the Study of Man in Africa. Pp 21.

Nurse, George Trevor. 1976.
Isonymic studies on the Griqua of the northern Cape Province, South Africa. Journal of biosocial science, 8 (3), p. 277-286.

Nurse, George Trevor; Jenkins, Trefor. 1975.
The Griqua of Campbell, Cape Province, South Africa. American journal of physical anthropology, 43 (1), p. 71-78.

Nurse, George Trevor; Jenkins, Trefor. 1978.
Riemvasmaak before resettlement. South African journal of science, 74, p. 339-341.
Notes: The Riemvasmaakers are said "to have originated among the Negro peoples of South West Africa/Namibia. They might well have been Dama who subsequently received large and varied genetic contributions from other sources" (quoted by Strohmeyer 1982:68).

Nurse, George Trevor; Lane, A.B.; Jenkins, Trefor. 1974.
Sero-genetic studies on South West African peoples, 1: the Dama. Unpublished report. Johannesburg: Human Sero-Genetics Unit, School of Pathology, South African Institute for Medical Research; University of the Witwatersrand. Pp i, 18, 4, xvi.
Notes: Includes genetic samples from Sesfontein and Okombahe.

Nurse, George Trevor; Lane, A.B.; Jenkins, Trefor. 1976.
Sero-genetic studies on the Dama of South West Africa. Annals of human biology, 3, p. 33-50.

Oberholster, J.J. 1972.
Griquas. Standard encyclopaedia of southern Africa, v. 5, p. 353-358. Edited by D.J. Potgieter. Cape Town: Nasionale Opvoedkundige Uitgewery (Nasou).

Oevernes, S. 2002.
The Cape Khoekhoe: the appearance of a people presumed dead. Pula: Botswana journal of African studies, 16 (2), p. (?).

Olpp jnr, Johannes. 1908.
Gespräche aus der Praxis für die Praxis. Archiv für Otjiherero- und Nama-Forschung, 3. Windhoek: Rheinischen Missionsgesellschaft. Pp 4.

Olpp jnr, Johannes. 1917.
Grammatik der Nama-Sprache. Gründet sich aus Hans Vedder's Versuch einer Grammatik der Namasprache. Swakopmund.
Notes: This is a reworking of Hans Vedder's Versuch einer Grammatik der Namasprache, published 1909.

Olpp jnr, Johannes. 1917.
Nama-Grammatik. Handschriftliches Manuskript. Windhoek: Rheinischen Missionsgesellschaft.
Notes: This was apparently published the same year. It is a reworking of Hans Vedder's Versuch einer Grammatik der Namasprache, 1909.

Olpp jnr, Johannes. 1963.
Einführung in die Namasprache. Zweite Ausgabe redigiert von Walter Moritz. Karibib (Südwestafrika): Rheinischen Missionsgesellschaft. Pp iv, 102.
Notes: The first edition of 1917 bore the title Grammatik der Nama-Sprache.

Olpp jnr, Johannes. 1964.
Nama-grammatika. Uit duits vertaalt deur J.C. Loggenberg. Karibib (Suidwes-Afrika): Rynse Sendinggenootskap. Pp iv, 96.
Notes: Afrikaans translation of Grammatik der Nama-Sprache, publ. 1917.

Olpp jnr, Johannes. 1977.
Nama-grammatika. Tweede Afrikaanse uitgawe, uit Duits vertaal deur J.C. Loggenberg, soos verwerk deur H.J. Krüger. Windhoek: Inboorlingtaalburo, Departement van Bantoe-Onderwys (SWA/Namibië). Pp 155.

Olpp snr, Johannes. 1876.
Zur Charakteristik der Namas (Namaquas). Berichte der Rheinischen Missionsgesellschaft, 3, p. 71-82.
Notes: Not sure about the journal. Could be Jahresbericht der Rheinischen Mission.

Olpp snr, Johannes. 1884.
Angra pequaña und Gross-Nama-Land, auf Grund vieljährigen Beobachtung kurz geschildert. Elberfeld (Deutschland): Friederichsen & Co. Pp 41.
Notes: Apparently this contains something about languages on p. 32-38 (Strohmeyer & Moritz 1975:18).

Olpp snr, Johannes. 1885.
Aus dem Sagenschatz der Nama Khoi-Khoin. Mitteilungen der geographischen Gesellschaft zu Jena, 14, p. 48-54.
Notes: Listed by Doke (1933:38). Not sure if this exists - see Olpp Snr (1887).

Olpp snr, Johannes. 1887.
Aus dem Sagenschatz der Nama Khoi-Khoin. Mitteilungen der geographischen Gesellschaft zu Jena, 6, p. 1-47.
Reviews etc.: Anon, Zeitschrift für afrikanische Sprachen, v. 1 (1887/88) p. 315-316.
Notes: Listed by Levy (1968:13). Could be a second part in a series.

Olpp snr, Johannes. 1888.
Nama-Deutsches Wörterbuch. Elberfeld (Deutschland): Friederichsen & Co. Pp iii, 119.
Reviews etc.: Anon, Zeitschrift für afrikanische Sprachen, v. 3 (1889/90) p. 155.
Notes: "Pocket dictionary. Tones not marked" (Doke 1933:37). The publisher could be wrong.

Olpp snr, Johannes. 1910.
Agende für die Nama sprechenden Gemeinden in Herero- und Namaland. Gütersloh: C. Bertelsmann.

Oordt, J.F. van. 1907.
Hottentot language and its place in philology. African monthly (Grahamstown), 2, p. 3-20.

Oosthuizen, G.J.J. 1997.
Die Rehoboth-Basters: konstitusionele noodroep van 'n minderheidsgroep in Suidwes-Afrika (Namibië). Historia, 42 (1), p. 61-80.

Palgrave, William Coates. 1877.
Report of W. Coates Palgrave, Esq., special commissioner to the tribes north of the Orange River, of his mission to Damaraland and Great Namaqualand in 1876. Cape parliamentary papers, G50'1877. Cape Town: Saul Solomon & Co. for the Ministerial Department of Native Affairs, Government House (Cape of Good Hope).

Parkington, John E.; Hall, Martin. (Ed.) 1987.
Papers in the prehistory of the Western Cape, South Africa, 2 vols. British archaeological reports: international series, 332; Cambridge monographs in African archaeology. Oxford.

Paterson, William. 1789.
A narrative of four journeys into the country of the Hottentots and Caffraria in the years one thousand seven hundred and seventy-seven, eight and nine. London: Johnson. Pp xii, 171, iv.
Reviews etc.: V.S. Forbes "Paterson's travels", South African geographical journal, v. 30 (1948) p. 52-70.

Paterson, William. 1790.
Wilhelm Paterson's Reisen in das Land der Hottentotten und der kaffern, während der Jahre 1777, 1778 und 1779. Aus dem englischen übersetzt. Berlin: Christian Friedrich Voss & Sohn. Pp 170.

Paterson, William. 1790.
A narrative of four journeys into the country of the Hottentots and Caffraria in the years one thousand seven hundred and seventy-seven, eight and nine. Second edition, corrected. London: Johnson. Pp xii, 175.

Paterson, William. 1790.
Voyages dans le pays des Hottentots à la Caffrerie, à la Baye Botanique, et dans la Nouvelle Holland. Traduit de l'anglois, accompagnés de détails précieux relatifs à de la Peyrouse. Paris: Letellier. Pp vi, 213; viii, 266.
Notes: Not sure if this is one or two volumes. Extracts from this were later issued anonymously as Observations sur les Hottentots et la tribu des Chonacquas (Strohmeyer & Moritz 1975:18).

Paterson, William. 1790.
Quatre voyages chez les Hottentots et chez les Cafres, depuis mai 1777 jusqu'en décembre 1779. Traduit de l'anglois. Paris: Didot l'Aîne. Pp 329.

Payne, John. 1993.
The headedness of noun phrases: slaying the nominal hydra. Heads in grammatical theory, p. 114-139. Edited by Greville G. Corbett, Norman M. Fraser and Scott McGlashan. Cambridge University Press.
Notes: Damara (Khoekhoe) is one of the languages dealt with.

Pearson, Patrick. 1981.
The Rehoboth rebellion. Working papers in southern African studies, p. (?). Edited by Phillip L. Bonner. Johannesburg: Ravan Press.

Pendleton, Wade Carlton; Bruce, Frayne. 1998.
Report of the results from the Namibian Migration Project. With contributions by Clementine Katzao and Selma Nangulah. Social Sciences Division (SSD) research reports, 35. Windhoek: Multi-Disciplinary Research Centre, University of Namibia. Pp 116.

Penn, Nigel. 1989.
Land, labour and livestock in the Western Cape during the eighteenth century: the Khoisan and the colonists. The angry divide: social and economic history of the Western Cape, p. 2-19. Edited by Wilgot Godfrey James and Mary Simons. Cape Town: David Philip Publ. in association with the Centre for African Studies (CAS), University of Cape Town.

Penn, N.G. 1986.
Pastoralists and pastoralism in the northern Cape frontier zone during the eighteenth century. Prehistoric pastoralism in southern Africa, p. 62-68. Edited by Martin Hall and Andrew B. Smith. Goodwin series, 5. Vlaeberg (South Africa): South African Archaeological Society.

Percival, Robert. 1805.
Beschreibung des Vorgebirges der Guten Hoffnung nach seinem ehemaligen und jetzigen Zustande, in historischer, geographischer, topographischer, statistischer und kommerzieller Hinsicht. Aus dem englischen übersetzt. Weimar: Landes-Industrie-Comptoir. Pp lxxxiv, 456.
Notes: The English original wasn't published until four years later.

Percival, Robert. 1806.
Voyage au Cap de Bonne-Espérance 1796 et 1801. Traduit de l'anglais par P.-F. Henry. Paris: E. Dentu. Pp iii, 367.
Notes: The English original appeared three years later than this French translation.

Percival, Robert. 1809.
An account of the Cape of Good Hope, containing an historical view of its original settlement by the Dutch [...] also a sketch of its geography, productions, the manners and customs of the inhabitants. London: Baldwin. Pp xii, 339.

Peters, Mark A. 1972.
Notes on the place names of Ngamiland. Botswana notes and records, 4, p. 219-233.
Notes: Includes lots of Bushman names (Strohmeyer 1982:250).

Pettmann, Charles. 1914/15.
An inquiry into the derivation of certain South African place-names [pt. 1-2]. South African journal of science, 12, p. 95-106, 159-170.

Pettmann, Charles. 1919.
An inquiry into the derivation of certain South African place-names [pt. 3]. South African journal of science, 16, p. 432-442.

Pettmann, Charles. 1920.
Hottentot place names [pt. 1]. South African journal of science, 17, p. 334-352.

Pettmann, Charles. 1922.
Hottentot place names [pt. 2]. South African journal of science, 19, p. 372-382.

Philips, E.P. 1933.
Some South African place names derived from plants. South African journal of science, 30, p. 656-671.

Phillipson, David W. 1989.
The first South African pastoralists and the early iron age. Nsi: bulletin de liaison des archeologues du monde bantu, 6, p. 127-134.

Pijper, A. 1935.
Blood groups in Hottentots. South African medical journal, 9, p. 192-195.

Pilaszewicz, Stanislaw. 1997.
Travellers, missionaries, and linguists: Polish studies on African languages. Hemispheres, 12, p. 45-52.

Pisani, Etienne du. 1976.
Die Nama van Gibeon: 'n etnografiese studie met besondere verwysing na sosiaal- en ekonomiese aspekte. MA tesis. Universiteit van Stellenbosch.

Pisani, Etienne du. 1978.
Dama settlement and subsistence along the Ugab Valley, South West Africa (Namibia). Navorsinge van die Nasionale Museum, Bloemfontein, 4 (1-20), p. (?).

Pisani, Etienne du. 1980.
South West Africa (Namibia): a human tapestry. Namibiana: communications of the ethno-historical study group, SWA (South West Africa) Scientific Society, 2 (2), p. 53-62.

Planert, Wilhelm. 1905.
Handbuch der Nama-Sprache in Deutsch-Südwestafrika. Berlin: Verlag von Dietrich Reimer. Pp 6, 104.
Reviews etc.: Carl Meinhof, Die evangelischen Missionen, v. 12 (1906) p. 120.

Planert, Wilhelm. 1905.
Über die Sprache der Hottentotten und Buschmänner. Mitteilungen des Seminars für orientalische Sprachen, 8 (III), p. 104-176.
Notes: Reprinted as a booklet by Verlag von Dietrich Reimer in Berlin.

Planert, Wilhelm. 1926/27.
Die Schnalzsprachen. Bibliotheca africana (Innsbruck), 2, p. 296-315.
Notes: Compares lexical items in Bari, Masai, Bornu, Nandi, Somali, Bedauye, Kunama, Avukaya, Bilin, Kafa, etc.

Plessis, Johannes du. 1917.
The origin and meaning of the name "Hottentot". South African journal of science, 14, p. 189-193.

Plessis, Johannes du. 1932.
The name "Hottentot" in the records of the early travellers. South African journal of science, 29, p. 660-667.

Plischke, Hans. 1955.
Johann Schreyers Hottentotten-Beschreibung aus dem Jahre 1679. Afrikanistische Studien 5: Festschrift für D. Westermann, p. 57-63. Edited by Johannes Lukas. Veröffentlichungen des Instituts für Orientforschung der Deutschen Akademie der Wissenschaften zu Berlin, 26. Berlin: Akademie-Verlag.

Ponelis, Fritz [Friedrich] [Albert]. 1975.
!Ora clicks: problems and speculations. Bushman and Hottentot linguistic studies, p. 51-60. Edited by Anthony Traill. Communications from the African Studies Institute, 2. Johannesburg: University of the Witwatersrand.
Notes: Includes comparisons between Zhu/'hõasi and !Ora click systems.

Pönnighaus, Friedrich. 1931/32.
Die Bäume und Sträucher des Distriktes Windhuk. Journal of the SWA (South West Africa) Scientific Society, 6, p. 19-49.
Notes: Unsure about the title. Possibly it includes local names for trees and bushes.

Pönnighaus, Friedrich. 1931/32.
Die Akazien unseres Landes. Journal of the SWA (South West Africa) Scientific Society, 6, p. 5-18.

Pott, August Friedrich. 1848.
Verwandtschaftliches Verhältnis der Sprachen vom Kaffer- und Kongo-Stamme unter einander. Zeitschrift der deutschen morgenländischen Gesellschaft, 2, p. 5-25, 129-158.
Notes: Includes remarks on the influence of Khoekhoe on southeastern Bantu languages.

Prinsloo, Karel P.; Stoker, D.J.; Lubbe, A.M.; Strydom, A.E.; Engelbrecht, H.A.; Vuuren, D.P. van. (Ed.) 1982.
Aspekte van taal- en kommunikasieaangeleenthede in SWA/Namibië, 2: Damaras. Pretoria: Raad vir Geestewetenskaplike Navorsing (RGN).

Prinsloo, Karel P.; Stoker, D.J.; Lubbe, A.M.; Strydom, A.E.; Engelbrecht, H.A.; Vuuren, D.P. van. (Ed.) 1982.
Aspekte van taal- en kommunikasieaangeleenthede in SWA/Namibië, 3: Namas. Pretoria: Raad vir Geestewetenskaplike Navorsing (RGN).

Prinsloo, Karel P.; Stoker, D.J.; Lubbe, A.M.; Strydom, A.E.; Engelbrecht, H.A.; Vuuren, D.P. van. (Ed.) 1982.
Aspekte van taal- en kommunikasieaangeleenthede in SWA/Namibië, 13 dele. Pretoria: Raad vir Geestewetenskaplike Navorsing (RGN).

Rademeyer, J.H. 1931.
Die taal van die Griekwas en Rehoboth-Basters. Proefskrif (PhD). Universiteit van Pretoria.

Rademeyer, J.H. 1938.
Kleurlings-Afrikaans: die taal van die Griekwas en Rehoboth-Basters. Amsterdam: Swets & Zeitlinger. Pp 163.

Range, P. 1914.
Beiträge und Ergänzungen zur Landeskunde des deutschen Namalandes. Abhandlungen der hamburgischen Kolonial-Instituts, 30; Reihe C, 3. Hamburg: Friederichsen, De Gruyter & Co.

Raper, Peter Edmund. 1968.
Streekname van Hottentotoorsprong. Tydskrif vir volkskunde en volkstaal, 24 (1), p. 24-29.
Reviews etc.: P.E. Raper, "Aantekeninge by streekname van Hottentotsoorsprong", Tydskrif vir volkskunde en volkstaal, v. 24 (1968) p. 35-40.

Raper, Peter Edmund. 1968.
Aantekeninge by streekname van Hottentotsoorsprong. Tydskrif vir volkskunde en volkstaal, 24 (3/4), p. 35-40.

Raper, Peter Edmund. 1969.
Strekname na persone vernoem. Tydskrif vir volkskunde en volkstaal, 25 (3/4), p. 48-51.

Raper, Peter Edmund. 1970.
Streke na diersoorte vernoem. Tydskrif vir volkskunde en volkstaal, 26 (2), p. 9-11.

Raper, Peter Edmund. 1972.
Grondbeginsels by die benaming van streke. Humanitas: tydskrif vir navorsing in die geesteswetenskappe, 1 (4), p. 305-308.

Raper, Peter Edmund. 1975.
Interlinguistic contact in onomastics in South Africa. Actes du 11ème congrès international des sciences onomastique, 28 juin - 4 juillet, 1972, v. 2, p. (?). Sofia: Editions de l'Académie Bulgare des Sciences.

Raper, Peter Edmund. 1978.
Place names in South West Africa. Onoma: journal of the International Council of Onomastic Sciences, 22 (1/2), p. 225-233.

Raper, Peter Edmund. 1978.
Solving the problem of the meaning of Khoekhoen place names by studying toponymic clusters. Pretoria.

Raper, Peter Edmund. 1979.
Notes on Khoekhoen place names. South African journal of science, 75, p. 448-451.

Raper, Peter Edmund. 1987.
Language contact as reflected in toponyms in South West Africa/Namibia. Names: a journal of onomastics (New York), 35 (1), p. 59-63.

Rath, Johannes. 1854.
Materials for a Nama grammar. Manuscript. Cape Town: Grey Collection, South African Public Library.
Notes: Mentioned in Strohmeyer & Moritz (1975:110).

Rath, Johannes. 1860.
Anderson's Reise nach dem Kunene. Petermanns geographische Mitteilungen (Mittheilungen aus Justus Perthes' Geographischer Anstalt über wichtige neue Erforschungen auf dem Gesammtgebiete der Geographie), 6, p. 116.
Notes: Says Strohmeyer & Moritz (1975:19): "Namaqua-Buschmänner, genannt 'Ovakuangari'; 'Ovimbari'; Ovambo.".

Raven-Hart, Rowland. 1964/65.
Johan Schreijer's description of the Hottentots, 1679. Quarterly bulletin of the South African Library, 19, p. 56-69, 88-101.

Reenen, Willem van. 1792.
Journaal gehouden op de landtochd [...] van Cabo de Goede Hoop naar de Groote Rivier, noordoosten aan de Groote Rivier, noorden aan tot aan de Rhenius Bergh bij de natie genaamd Damras, begonnen de 17den September 1791 en volvoerd den 20sten Junij 1792.
Notes: Early description of the Cape. Not sure about the title. First published 1916 in Reizen in Zuid-Afrika in de hollandse tijd, v. 2, edited by E.C. Godée-Molsbergen (published by Martinus Nijhoff); and reprinted 1935 by the Van Riebeek Society, Cape Town.

Reenen, Willem van. 1793.
Journal d'un voyage dans l'intérieur de l'Afrique. Paris.
Notes: Possibly a translation from the Dutch original. Not sure about the date.

Reenen, Willem van. 1935.
Journaal gehouden op de landtochd [...] van Cabo de Goede Hoop naar de Groote Rivier, noordoosten aan de Groote Rivier, noorden aan tot aan de Rhenius Bergh bij de natie genaamd Damras, begonnen de 17den September 1791 en volvoerd den 20sten Junij 1792 / Journal kept on the inland journey [...] from Cabo de Goede Hoop to the Groote Rivier, North-eastward of the Groote Rivier and north to the Rhenius Bergh and the nation called Damras, etc.. The journal of Hendrik Jacob Wikar (1779) and the journals of Jacobus Coetzé Jansz (1766) and Willem van Reenen (1791), p. 292-323. Edited by E.E. Mossop. Publications from the Van Riebeeck Society, 15. Cape Town.

Rensburg, M.C.J. van. (Ed.) 1984.
Die Afrikaans van die Griekwas van die tagtigerjare. Bloemfontein: Universiteit van die Oranje-Vrystaat (UOVS).

Rensburg, M.C.J. van. 1989.
Oranje River Afrikaans: a stage in the pidgin-creole cycle. Wheels within wheels: papers of the Duisburg symposium on pidgin and creole languages, p. 135-152. Edited by Martin Pütz and René Dirven. Duisburger Arbeiten zur Sprach- und Kulturwissenschaft, 5. Frankfurt-am-Main: Peter Lang.

Rhyne, Willem Ten. 1686.
Schediasma de promontoria bonae spei: ejusve tractus incolis Hottentotis. Schaffhausen (Switzerland): Meister. Pp 76.
Reviews etc.: Hans van den Besten, "Deciphering three Pidgin Dutch statements concerning religion recorded by Muller, Ten Rhyme, and Bövingh", Quaterly bulletin of the National Library of South Africa, v. 57 (2003) p. 149-155.

Rhyne, Willem Ten. 1686/1933.
Gentis hottentotten nuncupatae descriptio / An account of the Hottentots [English translation by B. Farrington]. The early Cape Hottentots, p. 84-157. Edited by Isaac Schapera. Publications from the Van Riebeeck Society, 14. Cape Town.
Notes: Includes extracts and translations from Rhyne's Schediasma de promontoria bonae spei.

Rhyne, Willem Ten. 1704.
An account of the Cape of Good Hope and the Hottentots [translated from Latin by Awnsham and John Churchill]. Collection of voyages and travels, v. 4, p. 829-845. Edited by Awnsham Churchill. London: Churchill.
Notes: Strohmeyer & Moritz (1975:22) date this 1732. Further editions seem to be dated 1744 and 1752. The Latin original of 1686 bore the title Schediasma de promontoria bonae spei: ejusve tractus incolis Hottentotis.

Rhyne, Willem Ten. 1716.
Schediasma de promontoria bonae spei: ejusve tractus incolis Hottentotis. Zweite Ausgabe. Basel.

Ridsdale, Benjamin. 1883.
Scenes and adventures in Great Namaqualand. London: T. Woolmer. Pp iii, 293.
Notes: "Contains useful notes on contemporary Nama life, 1843-1847" (Sthrohmeyer & Moritz 1975:19).

Riebeeck, Jan Anthonisz van. (Ed.) 1884/93.
Dagverhaal van Jan van Riebeeck, Commandeur aan de Kaap de Goede Hoop, 3 deele. Werken van het Historisch Genootschap, nieuwe serie, 39+58+59. Utrecht. Pp xii, 605; xi, 755; xii, 755.
Reviews etc.: Andrea Kieskamp, "The Khoekhoe in Van Riebeeck's official accounts", Proceedings of the Khoisan identities and cultural heritage conference (edited by Andrew Bank et al., Infosource, 1998) p. 165-171.

Riebeeck, Jan Anthonisz van. (Ed.) 1952/57.
Daghregister gehouden by den Oppercoopman Jan Anthonisz van Riebeeck, 3 deele. Inleiding, teksversorging en taalkundige aantekeninge deur Dr D.B. Bosman, en met geskiedkundige aantekeninge deur Dr H.B. Thom. Kaapstad: A.A. Balkema.

Riebeeck, Jan Anthonisz van. (Ed.) 1952/58.
The journals of Jan van Riebeeck, 3 vols. Translated from dutch by W.P.L. van Zyl, J. Smuts, C.K. Johnman, and A. Ravenscroft; edited and with an introduction and footnotes by H.B. Thom. Cape Town & Amsterdam: A.A. Balkema for the Van Riebeeck Society.
Notes: "Gulliver's travels stories, only these are real: landing, storms, building the fort, punishing dissidents, exploring islands and the interior, planting and waiting to see what grows, dealing with the natives. All described with the amazing detail that the council in Amsterdam demanded of all its agents" (Lapping 1986:246).

Rivers, Josias C. 1xxx.
Nama phrases with English translations. Manuscript. Cape Town: Grey Collection, South African Public Library.
Notes: Not sure if this has any proper title. Referred to by Strohmeyer & Moritz (1975:110).

Roberge, Paul T. 2000.
Etymological opacity, hybridization and the Afrikaans brace negation. American journal of Germanic linguistics and literatures, 12 (1), p. 101-176.

Roberge, Paul T. 2005.
On reconstructing a linguistic continuum in Cape Dutch (1710-1840). Variation and reconstruction, p. 179-200. Edited by Thomas D. Cravens. Current issues in linguistic theory, 268. Amsterdam & Philadelphia: John Benjamins Publ.

Robertshaw, Peter T. 1978.
The origin of pastoralism in the Cape. South African historical journal, 10, p. 117-133.

Robins, Stevens. 1997.
Transgressing the borderlands of tradition and modernity: identity, cultural hybridity and land struggles in Namaqualand (1980-94). Journal of contemporary African studies, 15 (1), p. 23-43.

Rochlin, S.A. 1955.
Some South African language pioneers of the nineteenth century. African studies, 14, p. 171-173.
Notes: Discusses a handful contributions missed by the bibliographical surveys of Doke (1940, 1945, 1954) and Schapera (1941). Reprinted 1993 in Foundations in southern African linguistics (ed. by Robert K. Herbert; Witwatersrand University Press), p. 61-63.

Rohde, Richard Frederick. 1997.
Nature, cattle thieves and various other midnight robbers: images of people, place and landscape in Damaraland, Namibia. PhD thesis. University of Edinburgh. Pp 441.
Notes: "Highly original study on the socio-economy of pastoralism in Damaraland. Rohde combines ethnographic, historical and ecological research methods and includes a collection of photographs made by 'informants' in Okombahe. These form the basis for a discussion of identity, social relations, poverty, mobility, etc." (Dag Henrichsen, Namibia Bibliographical Update 14.7.1997).

Rohlwink, Heinz-Ludwig. 1973.
Beobachtungen bei den Hei//om [herausgegebt von Dagmar und Rüdiger Wagner]. Namib und Meer, 4, p. 15-24.

Rose, Cowper. 1829.
Four years in South Africa. London: Henry Colburn & Richard Bentley. Pp xii, 308.
Notes: Contains, among other things, notes on the Gqunukwebe on p. 148-150 (Strohmeyer 1982:3).

Ross, Robert J. 1974.
The Griquas of Philippolis and Kokstad, 1826-1879. PhD thesis. University of Cambridge.

Ross, Robert J. 1974.
Griqua government. African studies, 33 (1), p. 25-42.

Ross, Robert J. 1975.
The !Kora wars on the Orange River, 1830-1880. Journal of African history, 16 (4), p. 561-576.

Ross, Robert J. 1976.
Adam Kok's Griquas: a study in the development of stratification in South Africa. Cambridge University Press.
Reviews etc.: W.M. Freund, Canadian journal of African studies, v. 11 (1977) p. 388-389; Richard Gray, Bulletin of the School of Oriental and African Studies, v. 41 (1978) p. 230.

Ross, Robert J. 1997.
The Kat River rebellion and Khoikhoi nationalism: the fate of an ethnic identification. Kronos: journal of Cape history, 24, p. 91-105.

Roussouw, N.J. 1939.
Die taal van Hendrik Witbooi as proewe van Hottentot-Hollands. MA tesis. Universiteit van Stellenbosch.

Roussouw, N.J. 1939.
Onderwysaangeleedthede van die Witbooistam soos blyk uit die dagboeke van die rynse sendelinge. Proefskrif (BEd). Universiteit van Stellenbosch.

Roux, H.J. le. 1945.
Die toestand, verspreiding en verbrokkeling van die Hottentot-stamme in Suid-Afrika, 1653-1713. MA tesis. Universiteit van Stellenbosch.

Roux, J.J. le. 1947.
Die bou van die afrikaanse taal. Kultuurgeskiedenis van die Afrikaner: die eerste besterywing van die boere volksleweinal sy vertakkinge, v. 2, p. 40-72. Edited by Christiaan Maurits van den Heever and Pierre de Villiers Pienaar. Kaapstad: Nasionale Pers.
Notes: Deals with the influence of Khoekhoe on Afrikaans.

Roux, P.J. le. 1971.
The common names and a few uses of the better known indigenous plants of South West Africa: alphabetical list of botanical names in the various languages for the various plant species. Bulletins from the Department of Forestry, 47. Pretoria: Government Printer (South Africa). Pp 81.
Notes: With botanical names given in 26 different languages.

Rust, Hans-Joachim. 1970.
Anmerkung der Schriftleitung zum Thema "Farmnamen und Ortsbezeichnungen". Mitteilungen der Südwestafrikanischen Wissenschaftlichen Gesellschaft, 9 (5), p. 5-7.
Notes: Unsure about the details of this reference, since the year and volume don't match. Still, it deals with "Unterschiedliche Deutungen des Namen Duwisib, Seeis, Gobabis durch verschiedene Verfasser" (Strohmeyer & Moritz 1975:123).

Rust jnr, Friedrich. 19xx.
Erklärung von Namaworten und -wendungen in den Kirchenordnung. Manuskript. Pp 2.
Notes: Referred to by Strohmeyer & Moritz (1975:114).

Rust jnr, Friedrich. 1916-1917.
Vokabeln und Wendungen, Nama-Gesänge, Verzeichnis der von H. Vedder übersetzen Kirchenlieder. Manuscript. Windhoek: Rheinischen Missionsgesellschaft.
Notes: Referred to by Strohmeyer & Moritz (1975:114).

Rust jnr, Friedrich. 1928.
Haben die Hottentotten Opfer gekannt?. Neue allgemeine Missionszeitschrift, 5, p. 301-313.

Rust jnr, Friedrich. 1956.
Deutsch-Nama Wörterbuch, 4 Bde. Manuskript. Bellville.
Notes: Referred to by Strohmeyer & Moritz (1975:114).

Rust jnr, Friedrich. 1959.
Deutsch-Nama Wörterbuch. Manuskript. Windhoek: Rheinischen Missionsgesellschaft.
Notes: Referred to by Strohmeyer & Moritz (1975:114).

Rust jnr, Friedrich. 1960.
Deutsch-Nama Wörterbuch, nebst Anhang: Afrikaans-Duits woordelys van die vernaamste Duitse woorde in die Deutsch-Nama Wörterbuch. Windhoek: Rheinischen Missionsgesellschaft. Pp ix, 97.

Rust jnr, Friedrich. 1964.
Geschichte und Sprache der Hottentotten. Afrika-Post, 11 (3), p. 29-30.

Rust jnr, Friedrich. 1965.
Praktische Namagrammatik, auf Grund der Namagrammatiken von H. Vedder und J. Olpp. Balkema academic and technical publications; Communications from the School of African Studies, 31. Cape Town: A.A. Balkema for the University of Cape Town. Pp xiv, 130.
Reviews etc.: Oswin R.A. Köhler, African studies, v. 29 (1970) p. 279-285.

Rust jnr, Friedrich. 1969.
Nama Wörterbuch (Krönlein Redivivus): J.G. Krönlein's Wortschatz der Khoi-Khoin. Pietermaritzburg: University of Natal Press. Pp x, 390.

Rust snr, Friedrich. 1884.
Deutsch-Nama Wörtersammlung, begonnen im December 1884. Manuscript. Windhoek: Rheinischen Missionsgesellschaft. Pp 245.
Notes: Referred to by Strohmeyer & Moritz (1975:114).

Saar, Johann Jacob. 1662.
Ost-indianische fünfzenhen-jährige Kriegs-Dienste, und wahrhafftige Beschreibung, was sich Zeit solcher fünfzehen Jahr, von Anno Christi 1644 biss Anno Christi 1659 zur See, und zu Land [...]. Nürnberg: Verlag von Johann Daniel Tauber.
Reviews etc.: Rowland Raven-Hart, "Johan Jacob Saar's fifteen year's military service 1662", Quarterly bulletin of the South African Library, v. 20 (1965) p. 10-19.

Saar, Johann Jacob. 1671.
De reisbeschryving van J.J. Saar naar oostindien in de hogduitse taal beschreven. Uit duits vertaalt van J.H. Glazemaker. Amsterdam.

Saar, Johann Jacob. 1672.
Ost-indianische fünfzenhen-jährige Kriegs-Dienste, und wahrhafftige Beschreibung, was sich Zeit solcher fünfzehen Jahr, von Anno Christi 1644 biss Anno Christi 1659 zur See, und zu Land [...]. Zweite Ausgabe mit vielen denckwürdigen Notisen oder Anmerckungen, wie auch Kupfferstücken vermehret und gezieret, von Daniel Wülfern. Nürnberg: Verlag von Johann Daniel Tauber.
Notes: Reprinted 1930 as Reise nach Java, Banda, Ceylon und Persien 1644-1660 by Martinus Nijhoff in Der Haag.

Saar, Johann Jacob. 1672/1930.
Reise nach Java, Banda, Ceylon und Persien 1644-1660. Zweite Ausgabe mit vielen denckwürdigen Notisen oder Anmerckungen von Daniel Wülfern. Reisebeschreibungen von deutschen Beamten und Krigsleuten, 6. Der Haag: Martinus Nijhoff. Pp xv, 195.
Notes: The first edition appeared 1672, as Ost-indianische fünfzenhen-jährige Kriegs-Dienste, und wahrhafftige Beschreibung.

Saint-Pierre, J.H. Bernardin de. 1773.
Voyage à l'Isle de France, à l'Isle de Bourbon, au Cap de Bonne-Espérance, &c., avec des observations nouvelles sur la nature et sur les hommes, 2 vols. Par un officier du roi. Amsterdam & Paris: Merlin.
Notes: Includes some sort of account of the "Hottentots" and the Dutch at the Cape of Good Hope. Reprinted 1983 by Maspero in Paris (ISBN-10 2-7071-1406-5).

Saint-Pierre, J.H. Bernardin de. 1775.
A voyage to the Island of Mauritius (or, Isle of France), the Isle of Bourbon, the Cape of Good-Hope, &c., with observations and reflections upon nature, and mankind. By a French officer, translated from the French by John Parish. London: W. Griffin. Pp 12, 291.
Notes: There's another English edition dated 1800, which could be a reprint.

Sales, J. 1975.
Mission stations and the coloured communities of the Eastern Cape, 1800-1852. Cape Town: A.A. Balkema.

Sampson, C. Garth. 1986.
Model of prehistoric herder-hunter contact zone: a first approximation. Prehistoric pastoralism in southern Africa, p. 50-56. Edited by Martin Hall and Andrew B. Smith. Goodwin series, 5. Vlaeberg (South Africa): South African Archaeological Society.

Sandelowsky, Beatrice Henriette. 1971.
The iron age in South West Africa and Damara pot-making. African studies, 30 (1), p. 3-14.

Sandelowsky, Beatrice Henriette. 1974.
Prehistoric metal-working in South West Africa. Journal of the South African Institute for Mining and Metallurgy, May 1974, p. (?).

Sandelowsky, Beatrice Henriette; Pendleton, Wade Carlton. 1969.
Stone tuyères from South West Africa. South African archaeological bulletin, 24, p. (?).

Sands, Bonny [Eva]. 1995.
Evaluating claims of distant linguistic relationships: the case of Khoisan. PhD thesis. UCLA (University of California, Los Angeles) dissertations in linguistics, 14. Los Angeles. Pp xiii, 184.

Sands, Bonny [Eva]. 1998.
Comparison and classification of Khoisan languages. Language history and linguistic description in Africa, p. 75-85. Edited by Ian Maddieson and Thomas Joseph Hinnebusch. Trends in African linguistics, 2. Trenton NJ & Asmara: Africa World Press.

Sands, Bonny [Eva]. 1998.
Eastern and southern African Khoisan: evaluating claims of distant linguistic relationship. Quellen zur Khoisan-Forschung (Research in Khoisan studies), 14. Köln: Rüdiger Köppe Verlag. Pp 256.
Notes: Revision of the author's dissertation (Evaluating claims of distant linguistic relationships), University of California at Los Angeles, 1995.

Sands, Bonny [Eva]. 2001.
Borrowing and diffusion as a source of lexical similarities in Khoesan. Cornell working papers in linguistics, 18, p. 200-224.

Schapera, Isaac. 1926.
A preliminary consideration of the relationship between the Hottentots and the Bushmen. South African journal of science, 23, p. 833-866.

Schapera, Isaac. 1929.
Comparative grammar of the Khoisan languages. Manuscript.
Notes: Referred to by Strohmeyer & Moritz (1975:129). Is it available anywhere?

Schapera, Isaac. 1929.
Hottentots. Encyclopaedia britannica, 14th edition, 11, p. 800.

Schapera, Isaac. 1929.
The tribal system in South Africa: a study of the Bushmen and the Hottentots, 2 vols. PhD thesis. Department of Anthropology, London School of Economics.

Schapera, Isaac. 1930.
The Khoisan languages. The Khoisan peoples of South Africa, p. 419-438. London: Regan & Kegan Paul.

Schapera, Isaac. (Ed.) 1933.
The early Cape Hottentots, described in the writings of Olfert Dapper (1676) and Willen ten Rhyne (1668) and Johannes Gulielmus de Grevensbroek (1695). The original texts, with translations into English. Publications from the Van Riebeeck Society, 14. Cape Town. Pp 299.
Reviews etc.: A. W[erner], Man, v. 34 (1934) p. 94-95 (art. 119).
Notes: Contains three early texts on the "Cape Hottentots" by Dapper, Rhyne and Graevenbroek.

Schatz, Ilse. 1999.
Alguns aspectos etnograficos dos bosquimanos da Namibia (documento etnografico). Africana studia: revista internacional de estudos africanos (Porto), 2, p. 165-182.

Scherzer, Karl. 1861/63.
Narrative of the circumnavigation of the globe by the Austrian frigate Novara (Commodore B. von Wüllerstorf-Urbair) undertaken by order of the imperial government, in the years l857, 1858 & 1859, under the immediate auspices of His I. and R. Highness the Archduke Ferdinand Maximilian, Commander-in-Chief of the Austrian Navy, 3 vols. London: Saunders, Otley & Co.
Notes: The German edition (by Wüllerstorf-Urbair) includes a chapter on Khoekhoe. Perhaps this one does, too.

Scheulen, Peter. 1990.
Die "Eingeborenen" Deutsch-Südwestafrikas: ihr Bild in deutschen Kolonialzeitschriften 1884-1918. Magisterarbeit. Rheinische Friedrich-Wilhelms-Universität Bonn.

Scheulen, Peter. 1991/92.
Die Sprachen Namibias als "Eingeborenensprachen" in der politischen und wissenschaftlichen Diskussion zur deutschen Kolonialzeit, unter besonderer Berücksichtigung der Kolonial- und Afriknistik-Zeitschriften (ein Überblick). Sprache und Geschichte in Afrika (SUGIA), 12/13, p. 291-328.

Scheulen, Peter. 1998.
Die "Eingeborenen" Deutsch-Südwestafrikas: ihr Bild in deutschen Kolonialzeitschriften von 1884 bis 1918. History, cultural traditions and innovations in southern Africa, 5. Köln: Rüdiger Köppe Verlag. Pp 202.
Notes: Publication of the author's Magisterarbeit, University of Bonn, 1990. Deals with "German colonial periodicals and the construction of ethnographies and stereotypes in these" (Dag Henrichsen, Namibia Bibliographical Update 17.11.1998).

Schils, G.H. 1886.
Grammaire raisonnée de la langue Nama de l'Afrique australe, avec des textes et un vocabulaire. Renaix (Belgique): Courtain.

Schils, G.H. 1891.
Grammaire complète de la langue des Namas. Louvain: Lefever Frères & Soeur. Pp xxii, 94.
Reviews etc.: Raoul de la Grasserie, Zeitschrift der deutschen morgenländischen Gesellschaft, v. 46 (1892) p. 769-773.

Schils, G.H. 1894.
Dictionnaire étymologique de la langue des Namas. Leuven: Imprimerie Polleunis & Ceuterick. Pp 106.
Notes: Schils introduced Greek(ish) letters for click-symbolization: a lower-case delta for the dental [/] click; a lower-case tau for the alveolar [!] click; a lower-case zeta for the lateral [//] click; a lower-case a+e ligature for the palatal [≠] click; but none for the labial click.

Schinz, Hans. 1933.
Geographische Namensgebung Südwestafrikas. Petermanns geographische Mitteilungen (Dr A. Petermanns Mitteilungen aus Justus Perthes' Geographischer Anstalt), 79, p. 190.
Notes: This is "über falschen und richtigen Gebrauch von Namensformen der Völkerstämme" (Strohmeyer & Moritz 1975:123).

Schmelen, Heinrich. 1813/18.
Extracts from Mr Schmelen's journal of his journey to the Great Namacqua and Damara countries. Quarterly chronicle of the transactions of the (London) Missionary Society, 1, p. 323-326.

Schmidt, M. 1930.
Die Nama, Bergdama und Namib-Buschleute. Das Eingeborenenrecht, 2: Togo, Kamerun, Südafrika, die Südseekolonien, p. 269-397. Edited by August Schlettwein, Erich Schultz-Ewerth and Leonhard Adam. Stuttgart: Strecker & Schröder.

Schmidt, Sigrid. 1970.
Europäische Volkerzählungen bei dem Nama und Bergdama. Fabula, 11, p. 32-53.

Schmidt, Sigrid. 1970/71.
Das Erdloch von Aneip, aus der Mythologie der alten Hottentotten. Journal of the SWA (South West Africa) Scientific Society, 25, p. 45-64.

Schmidt, Sigrid. 1972/73.
Volkerzählungen der Buschmänner, Khoe-khoen und Dama. Journal of the SWA (South West Africa) Scientific Society, 27, p. 57-71.

Schmidt, Sigrid. 1973.
Die Schlange mit dem leuchtenden Stein. Mitteilungen der Südwestafrikanischen Wissenschaftlichen Gesellschaft, 14 (5), p. 3-5.
Notes: Unsure about the details of this reference.

Schmidt, Sigrid. 1975.
Folktales of the non-Bantu speaking peoples in southern Africa. Folklore: journal of the Folklore Society (London), 86, p. 99-114.

Schmidt, Sigrid. 1977.
Europäische Märchen am Kap der Guten Hoffnung des 18. Jahrhundert: ein Rekonstruktionsversuch der AaTh-Typen anhand der Überlieferung in Südwestafrika. Fabula, 18, p. 40-74.

Schmidt, Sigrid. 1977.
Alte Ursprungsmythen im neuen Gewand. Mitteilungen der Südwestafrikanischen Wissenschaftlichen Gesellschaft, 18 (9/10), p. 114-118.

Schmidt, Sigrid. 1979.
Neue Nama-Märchen-Sammlungen. Mitteilungen der Südwestafrikanischen Wissenschaftlichen Gesellschaft, 19 (10/11), p. 13-16.
Notes: Contains a critique of published "Märchen-Sammlungen", some of which are said to be falsaries (Strohmeyer 1982:275).

Schmidt, Sigrid. 1980.
Märchen aus Namibia: Volkerzählungen der Nama und Damara. Märchen der Weltlitteratur. Düsseldorf & Köln: Eugen Diederichs Verlag. Pp 278.

Schmidt, Sigrid. 1982.
Ou optekeninge van europese volksvertellinge by die Namas en Damaras in Suidwes-Afrika. Tydskrif vir volkskunde en volkstaal, 38 (3), p. 1-19.

Schmidt, Sigrid. 1984.
Observation on the acculturation of the Nama in South West Africa/Namibia. African studies, 43 (2), p. 31-42.

Schmidt, Sigrid. 1984.
Some beliefs of the /Khobesin (Wiboois) concerning fishing. Khoisan Special Interest Group: newsletter, 2, p. 9-13.

Schmidt, Sigrid. 1986.
The relations of Nama and Dama women to hunting. Sprache und Geschichte in Afrika (SUGIA), 7 (1), p. 329-350.

Schmidt, Sigrid. 1986.
Tales and beliefs about eyes-on-his-feet: the interrelatedness of Khoisan folklore. The past and future of !Kung ethnography (Festschrift Lorna Marshall), p. 169-194. Edited by Megan Biesele, Robert James Gordon and Richard B. Lee. Quellen zur Khoisan-Forschung, 4. Hamburg: Helmut Buske Verlag.

Schmidt, Sigrid. 1986.
Heiseb: Trickster und Gott der Nama und Damara in Südwestafrika/Namibia. Contemporary studies on Khoisan: in honour of Oswin Köhler on the occasion of his 75th birthday, v. 2, p. 205-256. Edited by Rainer Vossen and Klaus Keuthmann. Quellen zur Khoisan-Forschung, 5. Hamburg: Helmut Buske Verlag.

Schmidt, Sigrid. 1991.
Aschenputtel und Eulenspiegel in Afrika: entlehntes Erzählgut der Nama und Damara in Namibia. Märchenreihe: Afrika erzählt, 1. Köln: Rüdiger Köppe Verlag. Pp 255.

Schmidt, Sigrid. 1994.
Zaubermärchen in Afrika: Erzählungen der Damara und Nama. Märchenreihe: Afrika erzählt, 2. Köln: Rüdiger Köppe Verlag. Pp 272.

Schmidt, Sigrid. 1994.
Der Hase in Volkerzählungen und Volksglaube der Nama und Damara. Sprachen und Sprachzeugnisse in Afrika: eine Sammlung philologischer Beiträge Wilhelm J.G. Möhlig zum 60. Geburtstag zugeeignet, p. 389-407. Edited by Thomas Geider and Raimund Kastenholz. Köln: Rüdiger Köppe Verlag.

Schmidt, Sigrid. 1995.
Als die Tiere noch Menschen waren: Urzeit- und Trickstergeschichten der Damara und Nama in Namibia. Märchenreihe: Afrika erzählt, 3. Köln: Rüdiger Köppe Verlag. Pp 256.

Schmidt, Sigrid. 1995.
Representatives of evil in Khoisan folktales. The complete linguist: papers in memory of Patrick J. Dickens, p. 115-133. Edited by Anthony Traill, Rainer Vossen and Megan Biesele. Afrikanische Sprachen und Kulturen. Köln: Rüdiger Köppe Verlag.

Schmidt, Sigrid. 1996.
Tiergeschichten in Afrika: Erzählungen der Damara und Nama. Märchenreihe: Afrika erzählt, 4. Köln: Rüdiger Köppe Verlag. Pp 256.

Schmidt, Sigrid. (Ed.) 1997.
Märchen aus Namibia: Volkerzählungen der Nama und Dama. Diederichs Märchen der Weltlitteratur. Hamburg: Rowohlt. Pp 307.

Schmidt, Sigrid. 1997.
Sagen und Schwänke in Afrika: Erzählungen der Damara und Nama. Märchenreihe: Afrika erzählt, 5. Köln: Rüdiger Köppe Verlag. Pp 242.

Schmidt, Sigrid. 1998.
Scherz und Ernst: afrikaner Berichten aus ihrem Leben. Märchenreihe: Afrika erzählt, 6. Köln: Rüdiger Köppe Verlag. Pp 240.
Notes: Contains fifty texts retelling personal anecdotes and life stories from central and southern Namibia. Translated form Afrikaans and Khoekhoegowab.

Schmidt, Sigrid. 1998.
Nama and Damara legends about Tokolossi: historical roots and present anxieties. Language, identity and conceptualization among the Khoisan, p. 399-420. Edited by Mathias Schladt. Quellen zur Khoisan-Forschung (Research in Khoisan studies), 15. Köln: Rüdiger Köppe Verlag.

Schoeman, Karel. 2002.
The Griqua captaincy of Philippolis, 1826-1861. Pretoria: Protea Book House. Pp 308.
Reviews etc.: Robert Ross, H-Net book reviews (online), March 2004.

Schönland, S. 1903.
On some Hottentot and Bushmen pottery in the collection of the Albany Museum. Records of the Albany Museum (Grahamstown), 1, p. 25-32.

Schreyer, Johann. 1679.
Neue Ost-Indianische Reiss-Beschreibung von Anno 1669 biss 1677.
Reviews etc.: Hans Plischke, "Johann Schreyers Hottentotten-Beschreibung aus dem Jahre 1679", Afrikanistische Studien 5 (ed. by Johannes Lukas, 1955) p. 57-63; Rowland Raven-Hart, "Johan Schreijer's description of the Hottentots, 1679", Quarterly bulletin of the South African Library, v. 19 (1964/65) p. 56-69, 88-101.
Notes: Details wanting. Unsure of the exact title.

Schreyer, Johann. 1681.
Neue Ost-Indianische Reiss-Beschreibung, von Anno 1669 biss 1677, handelnde von unterschiedenen afrikanischen und barbarischen Völckern, sonderlich derer an dem Vor-Gebürge, Caput boane spei sich enthaltenden so genanten Hottentoten Lebens-Art, Kleidung, Hausshaltung, Ehestand, Kinder-Zucht, Aber-Glauben, Leibes-Übung, Kriegs-Rüstung, Tantzen, Handel und Gewerbe, Wohnungen, Tod und Begräbniss. Zweite Ausgabe. Leipzig: Wohlfart.
Notes: Reprinted 1931 as Reise nach dem Kaplande und Beschreibung der Hottentotten, 1669-1677 by Martinus Nijhoff in Der Haag.

Schreyer, Johann. 1681/1931.
Reise nach dem Kaplande und Beschreibung der Hottentotten, 1669-1677. Zweite Ausgabe. Reisebeschreibungen von deutschen Beamten und Krigsleuten, 7,2. Der Haag: Martinus Nijhoff. Pp iv, 68.
Notes: Originally published 1681 as Neue Ost-Indianische Reiss-Beschreibung von Anno 1669 biss 1677.

Schrijver, Isaq. 1689.
... [Title wanting].
Notes: Contains early notes on the Cape Khoekhoe. Reprinted 1931, with an English translation, by E.E. Mossop (published by the Van Riebeek Society, Cape Town).

Schrijver, Isaq. 1931.
Schrijver's journal: the diary of an inland expedition made in the Cape Province in the year 1689 [Original Dutch text with an English translation by E.E. Mossop]. Joernale van die landtogte van die edele vaandrig Olof Bergh (1682 en 1683) en die vaandrig Isaq Schrijver (1689) / The journals of the expeditions of the honorable ensign Olof Bergh (1682 and 1983) and the ensign Isaq Schrijver (1689), p. 193-259. Edited by E.E. Mossop. Publications from the Van Riebeeck Society, 12. Cape Town.
Notes: Not sure about the title.

Schultze, Leonard. 1907.
Aus Namaland und Kalahari: Bericht an die Kgl. Preuss. Akademie der Wissenschaften zu Berlin über eine Forschungsreise im westlichen und zentralen Südafrika, ausgeführt in den Jahren 1903-1905. Mit Beiträge von Mitarbeitern. Jena: Verlag Gustav Fischer. Pp xiv, 752, plates.
Reviews etc.: Carl Meinhof, Mitteilungen des Seminars für orientalische Sprachen, v. 11 (1908) p. 318-322.
Notes: Deals with many things, like: Die Namib-Landschaft; Die Eingeborenen der Namib (98-105); Das kleine Namaland; Die Bastards (115-133); Das innere Gross-Namaland; Namaländische Ortsnamen; Die Hottentotten; Zur Sprache der Hottentotte (339-364), incl. a section on clicks (341-343); Sagen der Hottentotten (387-545); Die Eingeborenen der Süd-Kalahari; Die Buscmänner (650-679); etc.

Schultze, Leonard. 1914.
Südwestafrika. Der deutsche Kolonialreich, v. 2, p. 131-298. Edited by Hans Meyer. Leipzig & Wien: Verlag des Bibliographischen Institut.
Notes: "Mainly physical geography, but includes some ethnographic information on Bushmen and other groups" (Barnard 1992:18).

Schultze, Leonard. 1928.
Zur Kenntnis des Körpers der Hottentotten und Buschmänner. Zoologische und anthropologische Ergebnisse einer Forschungsreise im westlichen und zentralen Südafrika, v. 5,3, p. 147-227. Jenaische Denkschriften, 17. Jena: Gustav Fischer.

Schumacher, A.; Knussmann, Rainer; Knussmann, Renate. 1979.
Die Transferrintypen der Dama (Südwest-Afrika). Anthropologische Anzeiger, 37, p. 101-106.

Schweitzer, Christoph. 1688.
Journal und Tage-Buch seiner sechsjährigen ost-indianischen Reise, angefangen den 1. Decemb. Anno 1675 und vollendet den 2. Septemb. Anno 1682. Tübingen: Cotta.
Reviews etc.: Rowland Raven-Hart, "Journal and diary by Christopherus Schweitzer", Quarterly bulletin of the South African Library, v. 20 (1966) p. 84-89.
Notes: Contains notes on the Khoekhoe (p. 15-17). Reprinted 1931 as Reise nach Java und Ceylon, 1675-1682 by Martinus Nijhoff in Der Haag.

Schweitzer, Christoph. 1688/1931.
Reise nach Java und Ceylon, 1675-1682. Reisebeschreibungen von deutschen Beamten und Krigsleuten, 11. Der Haag: Martinus Nijhoff. Pp ix, 148.
Notes: Originally published 1688 as Journal und Tage-Buch seiner sechsjährigen ost-indianischen Reise.

Schweitzer, F.R.; Scott, K.J. 1973.
Early occurence of domestic sheep in sub-Saharan Africa. Nature, 241, p. 547.

Seidel, August. 1892.
Praktische Grammatiken der Hauptsprachen Deutsch-Südwestafrikas: 1. Nama (Sprache der Nama-Hottentotten), kurzgefasste Grammatik, analysierte Lesestücke, nebst einem nama-deutschen und einem deutsch-nama Wörterbuch; 2. Otyiherero (Sprache der Herero), kurzgefasste Grammatik, analysierte Lesestücke nebst einem otyiherero-deutschen und einem deutsch-otyiherero Wörterbuch; 3. Oshindonga (Sprache des Ndonga-Stammes der Ovambo), kurzgefasste Grammatik, Lesestücke nebst einem oshindonga-deutschen und einem deutsch-oshindonga Wörterbuch. Die Kunst der Polyglottie, 37. Wien & Leipzig: A. Hartleben's Verlag. Pp x, 180.
Notes: "Full of inconsistencies, but intended only as a first introduction" (Doke 1933:36).

Seidel, August. 1893.
Völker und Sprachen in Deutsch-Südwestafrika. Globus, 64, p. 77-80.

Seidel, August. 1909.
Praktische Grammatiken der Hauptsprachen Deutsch-Südwestafrikas: 1. Nama (Sprache der Nama-Hottentotten), kurzgefasste Grammatik, analysierte Lesestücke nebst einem nama-deutschen und einem deutsch-nama Wörterbuch; 2. Otyiherero (Sprache der Herero), kurzgefasste Grammatik, analysierte Lesestücke nebst einem otyiherero-deutschen und einem deutsch-otyiherero Wörterbuch; 3. Oshindonga (Sprache des Ndonga-Stammes der Ovambo), kurzgefasste Grammatik, Lesestücke nebst einem oshindonga-deutschen und einem deutsch-oshindonga Wörterbuch. Zweite Auflage, verbessert. Die Kunst der Polyglottie, 37. Wien & Leipzig: A. Hartleben's Verlag. Pp xii, 180.
Notes: Unsure about the subtitle on this edition.

Seiner, Franz. 1913.
Ergebnisse einer Bereisung der Omaheke in den Jahren 1910-1912. Mitteilungen aus den deutschen Schutzgebieten, 26 (3), p. 225-316.
Reviews etc.: Anon, "Die Bushmannfrage im nordlichen Deutsche-Südwestafrika", Deutsche Kolonialzeitung, v. 30 (1913) p. 745-746.
Notes: Deals with "Der Bastard-Buschleute der Nord-Kalahari: pp. 281-304. Dama als Urneger: p. 282. Hottentottenschürze: pp. 288-289" (Strohmeyer 1982:202).

Selous, Frederick Courtney. 1908.
African nature notes and reminiscences. With a foreword by President Roosevelt and illustrations by E. Caldwell. New York: Macmillan & Co. Pp xxx, 356.
Reviews etc.: Boyd Alexander, "Mr Selous' latest work", Journal of the African Society, v. 8 (1908) p. 3-12.
Notes: The British edition (also by Macmillan) was apparently titled African native notes and reminiscences. "Chapter 20 written about the Masarwa, the Bushmen of the interior of South Africa (p. 328-348). Critic of Prof. Keane's pitch-black pygmoid Kattea. Some comparison between the language of the Masarwa and Kora; author states, that SeSarwa and Korana are related" (Strohmeyer & Moritz 1975:21). Reprinted various times, e.g. 1969 by Pioneer Head in Salisbury (Heritage series, 1); 1986 by Galago in Alberton (ISBN-10 0-947020-16-0); and 1993 by St Martin's Press in New York (Library of African adventure series; ISBN-10 0-312-09241-5).

Seubring, G. 1934.
Three Bushmen and Hottentot tales. Journal of the American Folk-Lore Society, 47, p. 329-333.

Seydel, E. 1910.
Aus der Namib. Deutsches Kolonialblatt, 31, p. 501-506.
Notes: An English translation appeared 2005 in Kalahari and Namib Bushmen in German South West Africa (ed. by Mathias Guenther; Rüdiger Köppe Verlag).

Seydel, E. 2005.
Out of Namib [translated from German]. Kalahari and Namib Bushmen in German South West Africa: ethnographic reports by colonial soldiers and settlers, p. (?). Edited by Mathias Guenther. Quellen zur Khoisan-Forschung (Research in Khoisan studies), 18. Köln: Rüdiger Köppe Verlag.
Notes: The German original was published 1910.

Shaw, Barnabas. 1840.
Memorials of South Africa. London: J. Mason. Pp 371.

Shortridge, Guy Chester. 1934.
The mammals of South West Africa, 2 vols. London: William Heinemann.
Notes: Includes many vocabularies.

Simon, John Marie [Bishop]. 1959.
Bishop for the Hottentots: African memoirs, 1882-1909. Translated by Angeline Bouchard. New York: Benzinger Bros. Pp xiv, 235.

Singer, Ronald; Weiner, Joseph S.; Zoutendyk, Z. Alwyn. 1971.
The blood groups of the Hottentots. Proceedings of the 2nd international congress of human genetics, p. 884-887. Roma: Edizione Instituto 'G Mendel'.

Skead, Cuthbert John. 1970.
Dr Andrew Smith's use of colloquial native names in his scientific nomenclature. King William's Town: Kaffrariam Museum.

Skrywer, L. 1996.
Khoekhoegowab after independence. African languages in basic education, p. 167-171. Edited by Karsten Legère. Windhoek: Gamsberg Macmillan Publ.

Smit, Philippus. 1979.
Die samestelling en die verspreding van die bevolking van Suidwes-Afrika/Namibië. ISSUP (Institute for Strategic Studies, University of Pretoria) strategic review, 1979, p. 9-12.

Smith, Andrew. 1975.
Journal of his expedition into the interior of South Africa, 1834-1836: an authentic survey of travels and discoveries, the manners and customs of the native tribes and the physical nature of the country. Edited and introduced by William F. Lye. Cape Town: A.A. Balkema for the South African Museum. Pp xii, 323.
Reviews etc.: C.J. Skead, Dr Andrew Smith's use of colloquial native names in his scientific nomenclature (Kaffrarian Museum, 1970).

Smith, Andrew B. 1983.
The disruption of Khoi society in the 17th century. Africa seminar: collected papers, v. 3, p. 257-271. Centre for African Studies (CAS), University of Cape Town.

Smith, Andrew B. 1983.
Prehistoric pastoralism in the southwestern Cape, South Africa. World archaeology, 15 (1), p. 79-80.

Smith, Andrew B. 1984.
Environmental limitations on prehistoric pastoralism in Africa. African archaeological review, 2, p. 99-111.

Smith, Andrew B. 1984.
Adaptive strategies of prehistoric pastoralism in the south-western Cape. Frontiers: southern African archaeology today, p. 131-142. Edited by M.J. Hall, G. Avery, D.M. Avery, Michael L. Wilson and A.J.B. Humphreys. British archaeological reports: international series, 207; Cambridge monographs in African archaeology, 10. Oxford.

Smith, Andrew B. 1986.
Competition, conflict and clientship: Khoi and San relationships in the western Cape. Prehistoric pastoralism in southern Africa, p. 36-41. Edited by Martin Hall and Andrew B. Smith. Goodwin series, 5. Vlaeberg (South Africa): South African Archaeological Society.

Smith, Andrew B. 1989.
Khoikhoi susceptibility to virgin soil epidemics in the 18th century. South African medical journal, 75, p. 25-26.

Smith, Andrew B. 1990.
The origins and demise of the Khoikhoi: the debate. South African historical journal, 23, p. 3-14.

Smith, Andrew B. 1990.
On becoming herders: Khoikhoi and San ethnicity in southern Africa. African studies, 49 (2), p. 51-73.

Smith, Andrew B. 1997.
Hunters on the periphery: the ideology of social hierarchies between Khoikhoi and Soaqua. Kronos: journal of Cape history, 24, p. 9-17.

Smith, Andrew B. 1998.
Hunters on the periphery: the ideology of social hierarchies between Khoikhoi and Soaqua. The proceedings of the Khoisan identities and cultural heritage conference, held at the South African Museum, Cape Town, 12-16 July 1997, p. 74-79. Edited by Andrew Bank, Hans Heese and Chris Loff. Cape Town: Infosource in association with the Institute of Historical Research, University of Western Cape.

Smith, M. van Wyk. 1992.
"The most wretched of the human race": the iconography of the Khoikhoin (Hottentots) 1500-1800. History of anthropology, 5 (3/4), p. 285-330.

Snyman, Jan Winston. 1974.
The Bushman and Hottentot languages of Southern Africa. Limi, new series, 2 (2), p. 28-45.

Somerville, William. 1979.
William Somerville's narrative of his journeys to the Eastern Cape frontier and to Lakkatoe 1799-1802. With a bibliographical and historical introduction by Edna and Frank Bradlow. Publications from the Van Riebeeck Society, second series, 10. Cape Town. Pp viii, 255.
Notes: Has something on "the structure of Hottentot women" (p. 236-241).

Sommer, Gabi [Gabriele]. 1992.
A survey on language death in Africa. Language death: factual and theoretical explorations with special reference to East Africa, p. 301-417. Edited by Matthias Brenzinger. Contributions to the sociology of language, 64. Berlin & New York: Mouton de Gruyter.
Notes: Survey of endangered languages in Africa, incl. "Gemsbok Nama" (p. 345), Kora (p. 361-362), and Xiri (p. 400).

Sparrman, Anders. 1783.
Resa till Goda Hopps-udden, södra pol-kretsen och omkring jordklotet samt till Hottentott- och Caffer-landen, åren 1772-76 [Journey to the Cape of Good Hope, southern polar circle and around the globe, as well as to the countries of the Hottentots and the Caffres, between the years 1772-1776], v. 1. Stockholm: Anders J. Nordström. Pp xv, 766, 9 plates, map.
Notes: Contains the earliest known vocabulary (63 words) of a southern Bantu language, namely Xhosa. This also appeared in several English, French and German editions.

Sparrman, Anders. 1784.
Reise nach dem Vorgebirge der guten Hoffnung, den südlichen Polarländern und um die Welt, hauptsächlich aber in den Ländern der Hottentotten und Kaffern in den Jahren 1772 bis 1776, 2 Bde. Aus dem swedischen übersetzt von Christian Heinrich Groskurd, und herausgegeben von Georg Forster. Berlin: Haude & Spener. Pp xxx, 624.

Sparrman, Anders. 1785.
A voyage to the Cape of Good Hope towards the Atlantic Polar circle, and round the world, but chiefly into the country of the Hottentots and Caffres, from the year 1772 to 1776',, 2 vols. Translated from Swedish by Georg Forster. London: White.
Notes: There were several contemporary English editions, e.g. 1785 by White, Cash & Byrne in Dublin. Not sure how or if they differ from each other.

Sparrman, Anders. 1786.
A voyage to the Cape of Good Hope towards the Atlantic Polar circle, and round the world, but chiefly into the country of the Hottentots and Caffres, from the year 1772 to 1776, 2 vols. Second edition, translated from Swedish by Georg Forster. London: White.
Notes: Reprinted 1971 by Johnson Reprint Corporation in New York (Landmarks in anthropology series). A further edition was published 1789 in Perth (UK) which was labelled simply "New edition". Not sure if it differs from this.

Sparrman, Anders. 1787.
Voyage au Cap de Bonne-Espérance, et autour du monde avec le capitaine Cook, et principalement dans le pays des Hottentots et des Caffres, 3 vols. Traduit de l'édition anglaise par M. le Tourneur. Paris: François Buisson. Pp xxxii, 388; 366; 363.
Notes: Not sure about the pagination.

Sparrman, Anders. 1802.
Resa till Goda Hopps-udden, södra pol-kretsen och omkring jordklotet samt till Hottentott- och Caffer-landen, åren 1772-76 [Journey to the Cape of Good Hope, southern polar circle and around the globe, as well as to the countries of the Hottentots and the Caffres, between the years 1772-1776], v. 2. Stockholm: Carl Delén. Pp xii, 238, 14 plates, map.
Notes: Includes anthropological notes on Cape Khoekhoe, amongst other things.

Sparrman, Anders. 1944.
A voyage around the world with Captain James Cook in H.M.S. Resolution. With introduction and notes by Owen Rutter. London: Golden Cockerel Press. Pp 218.
Notes: Translation of the second volume of Sparrman's Resa till Goda Hopps-udden, originally published 1803. Limited to 300 copies.

Sparrman, Anders. 1975/77.
A voyage to the Cape of Good Hope towards the Atlantic Polar circle, and round the world, but chiefly into the country of the Hottentots and Caffres, from the year 1772 to 1776, 2 vols. Based on the second English edition, with Georg Forster's original translation from Swedish revised by Jalmar and Ione Rudner, edited by V.S. Forbes. Publications from the Van Riebeeck Society, second series, 6-7. Cape Town. Pp xiv, 331; viii, 296.
Notes: Georg Forster's original English translation appeared in 1786.

Speed, Arthur. 1936.
Hottentots in Namaqualand. The African observer: a review of contemporary affairs (Bulawayo), 4 (4), p. 47-51.

Spohr, Otto Hartung. 1963.
The first Hottentot vocabulary, 1693. Quarterly bulletin of the South African Library, 18, p. 27-33.

Spohr, Otto Hartung. 1963.
Georg Friedrich Wrede: Verfasser der ersten Hottentot Vokabulars. Afrika-Post, 10 (8), p. 23-24.

Sprenger, Balthasar. 1509.
Die Merfart und Erfarung nüwer Schiffung und Wege zu viln Onerkanten Inseln und Künigreichen, von dem grossmechtigen Portugalische Kunig Emmanuel erforscht, funden, bestritten und ingenommen; auch wunderbarliche Streyt, Ordenung, Leben, Wesen, Handlung und Wunderwercke, des Volcks und Thyrer dar iñ wonende, findestu in diessem Buchlyn warhaftiglich beschryben und abkunterfeyt. Mit Holzschnitten von Hans Burgkmair. Pp 30.
Notes: Details wanting. Contains the earliest known Western depiction of the Khoekhoe (Strohmeyer & Moritz 1975:22). Reprinted 1910? in Deutsche Pfadfinder des 16. Jahrhunderts in Afrika, Asien und Südamerika (ed. by M. Pannwitz; Stuttgart).

Stanley, Henry Morton. 1878.
Through the Dark continent; or, The sources of the Nile around the great lakes of equatorial Africa, and down the Livingstone river to the Atlantic Ocean, 2 vols. With ten maps and one hundred and fifty woodcuts. London: Sampson Low, Marston, Searle & Rivington. Pp xiv, 522, plates; ix, 566, plates.
Reviews etc.: Anon, The Atlantic monthly, v. 42 (1878) p. 776-777.
Notes: Includes brief vocabularies for many languages, viz. Swahili G40, Sagara G39, Gogo G11, Nyamwezi F22, Sukuma F21, Nyambu JE21, Ganda JE15, Jiji G40-ish, Guha D28, West Manyema C70?, Marungu/Urungu M14, Uemba M42, Ufipa M13, Bisa M51, Interior Unyoro JE11, East Manyema (?), Yau P21, Nyassa N31, Mafitté or Watuta (?), Rori JE253, Baregga D25, Kusu C72, Yanzi B85, Bwendé H16e, Kakongo H16d, Kabinda H14?, Rua (?), M'Fan/Usseybas A75/A803, Ukanda B32, Adumas B51, Ukoa or M'Bongo B303, Kafir S41, Sechwana S31, Jalif (?), Súsí (Susu?), Timaní (Temne), Mandingo, Sonna (Songhai?), Tuarik (Tuareg?), Bornu, Sakatú (Hausa?), Timbuctoo (Songhai?), Soudan or Havusa, Tibbu, Hottentot, Yoruba, Makúa P31, Moujao (?), Somáli, Hurrur (Harar?), Galla (Oromo), Adaiel (Afar), Danakil, Arkiko of Abyssinia (?), Shiho of Abyssinia (Saho), Adareb (Harar?), Bisharm, Darfúr (For?), and Amháric.

Stanley, Henry Morton. 1879.
A travers le continent mysterieux: découverte des sources méridionales du Nil, circumnavigation du Lac Victoria et du Lac Tanganyika, descente du fleuve Livingstone ou Congo jusqu'a l'Atlantique, 2 vols. Traduit de l'anglais avec l'autorisation de l'auteur par Mme H. Loreau. Paris: Hachette. Pp iv, 496, plates, maps; 544, plates, maps.

Stanley, Henry Morton. 1885.
Through the Dark continent; or, The sources of the Nile around the great lakes of equatorial Africa, and down the Livingstone river to the Atlantic Ocean. New cheaper edition. London: Sampson Low, Marston, Searle & Rivington. Pp xx, 658, 30, plates.
Notes: Reprinted 1890 by the same publishers.

Stanley, Henry Morton. 1899.
Through the Dark continent; or, The sources of the Nile around the great lakes of equatorial Africa, and down the Livingstone river to the Atlantic Ocean, 2 vols. New edition. London: George Newnes.
Notes: Reprinted 1988 by Dover Publ. in New York; and 1988 by Constable in London.

Starrenberg, Johannes. 1705.
Dagverhaal van den Landdrost Johannes Starrenberg, gehouden op zyn landtogt na de Gounemas, Grigriquas, Namacquasche Hottentots, etc., 16. Oct. tot 7 Dec. 1705. Unpublished diaries.
Notes: Details wanting. Referred to by Strohmeyer & Moritz (1975:22).

Stel, Simon van der. 1685/86.
Dagh register gehouden op de voiagie gedaen naer der Amcqua land. Manuscript in the library of Trinity College, Dublin.

Stel, Simon van der. 1932.
Simon van der Stel's journal of his expedition to Namaqualand, 1685-1686 / Dagh register gehouden op de voiagie gedaen naer der Amcqua land, 1685-1686. Edited from original manuscripts at Trinity College, Dublin, by Gilbert Waterhouse; with an English translation by R.H. Pheiffer. London: Longmans, Green & Co. Pp xxviii, 183.
Notes: Contains both English and Dutch texts. Reprinted 1953 by Hodges & Figgis in Dublin; and 1969 by Cornelis Struik in Cape Town. Various "revised" reprints also exist.

Stel, Simon van der. 1969.
Simon van der Stel's journal of his expedition to Namaqualand, 1685-1686. New edition, revised. Mystic CN: Verry.
Notes: Referred to by Strohmeyer & Moritz (1975:23). Not sure how much this differs from the original 1932 edition.

Stel, Simon van der. 1979.
Simon van der Stel's journey to Namakwaland in 1685. New edition, with a revised introduction by Gilbert Waterhouse. Cape Town & Pretoria: Human & Rousseau. Pp 431.

Steyn, H.P. 1984.
Southern Kalahari San subsistence ecology: a reconstruction. South African archaeological bulletin, 39, p. 117-124.
Notes: Work with Khoekhoe-speaking ≠Khomani, N/gamani and N/huki and their recollections of bush life.

Steyn, H.P. 1990.
Vanished lifestyles: the early Cape Khoi and San. Pretoria: Unibook Publ.

Stoffberg, P. 1990.
Die geskiedenis van die Afrikaner-Oorlams met spesifieke verwysing na die lewe van Jager (Christiaan) Afrikaner, 1760-1822. MA tesis. Universiteit van Stellenbosch.

Stopa, Roman. 1936.
Teksty Hotentockie: Hai-//om i Nama-Hai//-omn und Nama-Texte. Polska akademja umiejetnosci, Krakow; komisja orientalistyczna, prace, 26. Kraków: Nakladem Polskiej Akademji Umiejetnosci. Pp 46.
Notes: With interlinear translations in German.

Stopa, Roman. 1939.
Die Schnalzlaute im Zusammenhang mit den sonstigen Lautarten der menschlichen Sprache. Archiv für vergleichende Phonetik, 3 (2), p. 89-108.

Stopa, Roman. 1947.
The Hottentots: their culture, language, folk-tales and songs. Lud, 38, p. (?).

Stopa, Roman. 1949.
Hotentoci: kultura, jezyk, bajki, piesni. Kraków: T. Zapiór. Pp 144.
Notes: Includes an English summary (p. 105-144).

Stopa, Roman. 1959.
Bushman texts. Folia orientalia, 1, p. 105-127.

Stopa, Roman. 1964.
Hottentot poetry. Mitteilungen des Instituts für Orientforschung, 10, p. 227-260.

Stow, George William. 1905.
The native races of South Africa: a history of the intrusion of Hottentots and Bantu into the hunting grounds of Bushmen, the aborigines of the country. Edited by George McCall Theal. London: Swan Sonnenschein & Co. Pp xvi, 618, plates.
Reviews etc.: E. Sidney Hartland, Man, v. 6 (1906) p. 11-13.
Notes: Published posthumously. The author's preface is dated 1880. Reprinted a few times, e.g. 1964 by Cornelis Struik in Cape Town (Africana collectanea, 7).

Strauss, Teresa. 1977.
The Korana and the border wars of 1868-9 and 1878-9. BA thesis. University of Cape Town.

Strauss, Teresa. 1979.
War along the Orange: the Korana and the border wars of 1868-9 and 1878-9. Communications from the Centre for African Studies (CAS), 1. University of Cape Town.

Strydom, S. Scheepers. 1929.
Boesmans en Korannas: hoe die noordweste van hulle gesuiwer is [pt. 4?]. Die huisgenoot: geilustreerde weekblad, 20 desember 1929, p. (?).
Notes: Not sure about this.

Strydom, S. Scheepers. 1929.
Boesmans en Korannas: hoe die noordweste van hulle gesuiwer is [pt. 1]. Die huisgenoot: geilustreerde weekblad, 29 november 1929, p. 79-81.

Strydom, S. Scheepers. 1929.
Boesmans en Korannas: hoe die noordweste van hulle gesuiwer is [pt. 2-3]. Die huisgenoot: geilustreerde weekblad, 13 desember 1929, p. 40-43, 52-53.

Sundermeier, Theo. 1964.
Zwei sektenkirchliche Bewegungen im alten Südwest-Afrika? Jonker Afrikaner und Hendrik Witbooi. Jahrbuch der Rheinischen Missionsgesellchaft 1963-1964: zu einem Zeugnis über alle, p. 55-94.

Sutton, I.B. 1975.
The 1878 rebellion in Griqualand West and adjacent territories. PhD thesis. University of London.

Suzman, James. 2004.
Etosha dreams: an historical account of the Hai//om predicament. Journal of modern African studies, 42 (2), p. 221-238.

Sydow, Wolfgang. 1967.
The pre-European pottery of South West Africa. Cimbebasia, series B, 1, p. 1-74.

Sydow, Wolfgang. 1979.
Was man so von den Buschleuten der Namib erzählt. SWA annual, 35, p. 139-141.

Szalay, Miklós. 1998.
'Killers of all strangers': the image of the Khoikhoi in the sixteenth and early seventeenth centuries. The proceedings of the Khoisan identities and cultural heritage conference, held at the South African Museum, Cape Town, 12-16 July 1997, p. 159-164. Edited by Andrew Bank, Hans Heese and Chris Loff. Cape Town: Infosource in association with the Institute of Historical Research, University of Western Cape.

Theal, George McCall. 1907/10.
History and ethnography of Africa south of the Zambesi, from the settlement of the port at Sofala in September, 1505, to the conquest of the Cape Colony by the British in September, 1795, 3 vols. London: Swan Sonnenschein & Co. Pp xxiii, 501; xix, 523; xiii, 499.
Reviews etc.: Anon, Journal of the African Society, v. 7 (1907/08) p. 220; A. Werner, Man, v. 8 (1908) p. 63; T.A. J[oyce?], Man, v. 9 (1909) p. 186-187; Anon, Journal of the African Society, v. 9 (1909/10) p. 218; Anon, Journal of the African Society, v. 11 (1911/12) p. 257.
Notes: Volume 1 is about "The Portuguese in South Africa from 1505 to 1700" (publ. 1907), volume 2 is about the "Foundation of the Cape Colony by the Dutch" (1909), and volume 3 is about "The Cape Colony to 1795, the Koranas, Bantu and Portuguese in South Africa to 1800" (1910).

Thunberg, Carl Peter. 1788/93.
Resa uti Europa, Africa, Asia, foerraettad åren 1770-1779 [Journey in Europe, Africa, Asia, carried out between the years 1770-1779], 4 delen. Uppsala: Joh. Edman.
Notes: Includes a Khoekhoe word list. The English edition includes "much material about the Hottentot tribes of the eastern regions [and] their relations to the Xhosa" (Strohmeyer & Moritz 1975:22), which is probably true also for the other editions/translations.

Thunberg, Carl Peter. 1792.
Reisen in Afrika und Asien, vorzüglich in Japan, während der Jahre 1772 bis 1779, 2 Bde. Auszugsweise übersetzt von K. Sprengel, mit Anmerkungen von J.R. Forster. Berlin.

Thunberg, Carl Peter. 1792/94.
Reise durch einen Theil von Europa, Afrika und Asien, hauptsächlich in Japan in den Jahren 1779 bis 1779, 2 Bde. Aus dem Schwedischen frey übersetzt von Christian Heinrich Groskurd. Berlin: Haude & Spener.

Thunberg, Carl Peter. 1794.
Voyage en Afrique et en Asie, principalement au Japon, pendant les années 1770-1779. Traduit du suédois, avec des notes du traducteur. Paris: Fuchs. Pp xii, 532.

Thunberg, Carl Peter. 1795.
Travels in Europe, Africa and Asia made between the years 1770 and 1779, 4 vols. London: Francis & Charles Rivington.
Notes: This may have been translated by the author himself. There's also a second edition of this, dated the same year.

Thunberg, Carl Peter. 1796.
Voyages en Afrique et en Asie, principalement au Japon, par le Cap de Bonne-Espérance, les îles de la Sonde [...], 2 vols. Nouvelle édition, traduits, rédigés et augmentés de notes par L. Langlès et J.B. Lamarck. Paris.

Thunberg, Carl Peter. 1796.
Travels in Europe, Africa and Asia made between the years 1770 and 1779, 4 vols. Third edition. London: Francis & Charles Rivington.

Tindall, Henry. 1856.
A grammar and vocabulary of the Namaqua-Hottentot language. Cape Town: Pike's Machine Printing Office for A.S. Robertson. Pp 124.
Notes: Something with a title as the above was received by the library of the Deutsche Morgenländische Gesellschaft in 1885, who noted it as a manuscript (see list of received publications in Zeitschrift der deutschen morgenländischen Gesellschaft, v. 40).

Tindall, Henry. 1856.
Two lectures on Great Namaqualand and its inhabitants delivered before the Mechanic's Institute, Cape Town. Cape Town: Pike's Machine Printing Office for the Mechanic's Institute. Pp 47.
Notes: Reprinted 1959 in Cape Town.

Tobias, Phillip Vallentine. 1955.
Physical anthropology and the somatic origin of the Hottentots. African studies, 14 (1), p. 1-15.

Toit, H. du. 1916.
Namakwaland. Die brandwag: veertiendaags ge-illustreerd tijdskrif vir die Afrikaanse huisgesin, v?, p. 140-142.
Notes: Vol no is either 6 or 7.

Tonder, Louis Lourens van. 1968.
Leadership, power and status stratification, with reference to Bushmen, Hottentot and Ovambo society. MA thesis. University of Stellenbosch.

Tracey, Hugh T. (Ed.) 19xx.
Damara Hottentot. Sound of Africa series, TR 218. Grahamstown: International Library of African Music (ILAM).

Traill, Anthony. (Ed.) 1975.
Bushman and Hottentot linguistic studies. Communications from the African Studies Institute, 2. Johannesburg: University of the Witwatersrand. Pp 102.
Notes: Reprinted at least once, e.g. 1978.

Traill, Anthony. 1978.
Research on the non-Bantu African languages. Language and communication studies in South Africa, p. 117-137. Edited by Leonard Walter Lanham and Karel P. Prinsloo. Cape Town: Oxford University Press.

Traill, Anthony. 1980.
Phonetic diversity in the Khoisan languages. Bushman and Hottentot linguistic studies 1979, p. 167-189. Edited by Jan Winston Snyman. Pretoria: University of South Africa (UNISA).

Traill, Anthony. 1981.
Khoisan consonants and linguistic universals. Précis from the 12th conference on African linguistics, p. 134-136. Edited by William Ronald Leben. Supplement 8 to Studies in African linguistics. Los Angeles: African Studies Center & Department of Linguistics, University of California at Los Angeles (UCLA).

Traill, Anthony. 1983.
Phonetic details of Khoisan languages. Newsletter of the African Language Association of Southern Africa, 1, p. 3-6.

Traill, Anthony. 1986.
Do the Khoi have a place in the San? New data on Khoisan linguistic relationships. Sprache und Geschichte in Afrika (SUGIA), 7 (1), p. 407-430.

Traill, Anthony. 1992.
Pulmonic control, nasal venting and aspiration in Khoisan languages. Journal of the International Phonetic Association, 21 (1), p. 13-18.

Traill, Anthony. 1996.
!Khwa-ka hhouiten hhouiten "the rush of the storm": the linguistic death of /Xam. Miscast: negotiating the presence of the Bushmen, p. 161-183. Edited by Pippa Skotnes. Cape Town: University of Cape Town Press.

Traill, Anthony. 1997.
Extinct: South African Khoisan languages. Johannesburg: Department of Linguistics, University of the Witwatersrand. Pp 28, 1 CD-ROM.
Reviews etc.: Rajend Mesthrie, Journal of sociolinguistics, v. 2 (1998) p. 467-469; Bonny Sands, Glot international, v. 3 (1998).

Trenk, P. [Oberleutnant]. 1910.
Die Buschleute der Namib, ihre Rechts- und Familienverhältnisse. Mitteilungen aus den deutschen Schutzgebieten, 23, p. 166-170.
Notes: An English translation appeared 2005 in Kalahari and Namib Bushmen in German South West Africa (ed. by Mathias Guenther; Rüdiger Köppe Verlag).

Trenk, P. [Oberleutnant]. 1911.
Aus der Namib. Zeitschrift für Kolonialpolitik, Kolonialrecht und Kolonialwirtschaft, 13, p. 301-308.

Trenk, P. [Oberleutnant]. 2005.
The Bushmen of the Namib and their legal and family conditions [translated from German]. Kalahari and Namib Bushmen in German South West Africa: ethnographic reports by colonial soldiers and settlers, p. (?). Edited by Mathias Guenther. Quellen zur Khoisan-Forschung (Research in Khoisan studies), 18. Köln: Rüdiger Köppe Verlag.
Notes: The German original was published 1910.

Trombetti, Alfredo. 1910.
La lingua degli Ottentotti e la lingua dei Wa-Sandawi: nota preliminare. Rendiconto delle sessioni della Reale Accademia delle scienze dell'Istituto di Bologna, classe di scienze morali, 1a serie, 1910, p. 19-24.

Trombetti, Alfredo. 1911.
Nama tara-khoi-sa = dar-kí-sa ku-Nama. Rendiconto delle sessioni della Reale Accademia delle scienze dell'Istituto di Bologna, classe di scienze morali, 1a serie, 1911, p. 54-58.
Notes: Makes comparisons between Nama and Kunama. Both sa-endings should have breve marks on the <s>'s and macrons on the <a>'s.

Trombetti, Alfredo. 1923.
Elementi di glottologia. Bologna: Nicola Zanichelli.
Notes: Contains a section on "Ottentoto-Boschimano" (p. 42-44). There's also something on Nubian in it.

Trubetzkoi, Nikolai Sergeevich. 1939.
Grundzüge der Phonologie. Travaux du Cercle Linguistique de Prague, 7. Prague. Pp 271.

Trubetzkoi, Nikolai Sergeevich. 1949.
Principes de phonologie. Traduit par Jean Cantineau. Paris. Pp xxxiv, 396.
Notes: Reprinted 1967 by Klincksieck in Paris (Traditions de l'humanisme, 7).

Trubetzkoi, Nikolai Sergeevich. 1958.
Grundzüge der Phonologie. Zweite Auflage. Göttingen: Vandenhoeck & Ruprecht. Pp 297.

Trubetzkoi, Nikolai Sergeevich. 1962.
Grundzüge der Phonologie. Dritte Ausgabe. Göttingen: Vandenhoeck & Ruprecht. Pp 297.

Trubetzkoi, Nikolai Sergeevich. 1969.
Principles of phonology. Translated from the German by Christiane A.M. Baltaxe. Berkeley & Los Angeles: University of California Press. Pp xvi, 344.
Notes: Based on the third German edition.

Trüper, Ursula. 2000.
Sprach-Gewalt: Zara Schmelen und die Verschriftlichung der Nama-Sprache. Mission und Gewalt: der Umgang christlicher Missionen mit Gewalt und die Ausbreitung des Christentums in Afrika und Asien in der Zeit von 1792 bis 1918/19, p. 357-370. Edited by Ulrich van der Heyden and Ulrich Becher. Stuttgart: Franz Steiner Verlag.
Notes: Deals with Hinrich Schmelen's wife's contribution to the standardization of Nama. She was a native speaker.

Trüper, Ursula. 2000.
Die Hottentottin: das kurze Leben der Zara Schmelen (c.1793-1831), Missionsgehilfin und Sprachpionierin in Südafrika. Köln: Rüdiger Köppe Verlag. Pp 195.
Notes: Biography of Hinrich Schmelen's wife.

Tucker, Archibald Norman; Bryan, Margaret Arminel. 1956.
The non-Bantu languages of north-eastern Africa. With a supplement on the non-Bantu languages of southern Africa by Ernst O.J. Westphal. Handbook of African languages, 3. London: Oxford University Press for the International African Institute (IAI). Pp xv, 228.
Reviews etc.: W.H. Whiteley, Bulletin of the School of Oriental and African Studies, v. 19 (1957) p. 616-617.

Umino-Shiotsuki, Rumi. 1998.
Why do they write? The significance of writing in the Griqua community today. The proceedings of the Khoisan identities and cultural heritage conference, held at the South African Museum, Cape Town, 12-16 July 1997, p. 241-252. Edited by Andrew Bank, Hans Heese and Chris Loff. Cape Town: Infosource in association with the Institute of Historical Research, University of Western Cape.

Vaillant, François le. 1790.
Reise in das Innere von Afrika vom Vorgebirge der Guten Hoffnung aus, in den Jahren 1780 bis 1785, 2 Bde. Aus dem französischen übersetzt von Georg Forster, und redigiert von J.H. Campe. Frankfurt-am-Main: Fleischer.
Notes: There seems to exist several German editions of this (Strohmeyer & Moritz 1975:15). In 1792, it appeared in Reutlingen (Reisebeschreibungen, 10-11). Also in 1792, there appeared a edition titled Le Vaillant's erste Reise in das Innere von Afrika während der Jahre 1780 bis 1782, published in Berlin. A further German edition appeared 1831 in Wien (Sämmtliche Kinder- und Jugendschriften, 26-27). An abridged German edition (vi+276 pp) was published 1812 in Wien (Sammlung interessanter Reisebeschreibungen für die Jugend). Worth noting is a 3-volume book titled Neue Reise in das Innere von Afrika, vom Vorgebürge der Guten Hoffnung aus, in den jahren 1780 bis 1785, published 1797 by Guilhauman in Frankfurt. These contain "Fabricated travels" (Strohmeyer & Moritz 1975:15).

Vaillant, François le. 1790.
Voyage dans l'intérieur de l'Afrique, par le Cap de Bonne-Espérance, dans les années 1780, 1781, 1782, 1783, 1784 et 1785, 2 vols. Paris & Liège: Leroy & Dumoulin. Pp xxiv, 384; 399.
Notes: This was apparently "one of the most phenomenal best-sellers of the day. It went through twelve editions in six years and was translated almost immediately into more than half a dozen European languages" (Marks 1975:157). At least the second edition appeared the same year. There's a further edition dated 1798. Not sure all were published in Paris. There's also a collection of "Fabricated travels" (Strohmeyer & Moritz 1975:15) by Vaillant, which has been translated into both English and German.

Vaillant, François le. 1790.
Travels from the Cape of Good Hope into the interior parts of Africa, including many interesting anecdotes, with elegant plates, descriptive of the country and inhabitants, 2 vols. Translated from French by E. Helme. London.
Notes: Reprinted 1971 by Johnson Reprint Corporation in New York (Landmarks in anthropology series). An abridged edition (181 pp) appeared 1790 as Anecdotes in travels from the Cape of Good Hope into the interior parts of Africa, published by Darton in London. A second edition was published in 1796 by Robinson in London. Worth noting is a collection of "Fabricated travels" (Strohmeyer & Moritz 1975:15) by Vaillant titled New travels into the interior parts of Africa by way of the Cape of Good Hope in the years 1783, 1784 and 1785, a 3-volume work published 1796 in London.

Vaillant, François le. 1803.
Second voyage de F. le Vaillant dans l'interieur de l'Afrique pendant les années 1783-1785, 3 vols. Edité par C. Varon et complété par P.J.B. Legrand d'Aussy. Paris: Jansen.
Notes: New edition? Strohmeyer & Moritz (1975:15) seem to imply that these are fabricated travels!?!

Vaillant, François le. 1973.
François le Vaillant: traveller in South Africa and his collection of 165 water-colour paintings, 2 vols. Cape Town: Library of Parliament. Pp xx, 172; xiv, 181; xix, 165 plates.
Reviews etc.: Jürgen Zwernemann, Afrika und Übersee, v. 58 (1974/75) p. 159-162.
Notes: Who's the editor? Contains "wesentlichen Anmerkungen über die Gonaqua" (Strohmeyer 1982:4).

Valentyn, François. (Ed.) 1726.
Beschryvinge van't Nederlandsch Comptoir oft de kust van Malabar, en van onzen handel in Japan; mitsgaders een beschryving van Kaap der Goede Hoope en't eyland Mauricius, mit de zaaken tot de voornoemde ryken en landen behoorende, 8 deele. Dordrecht & Amsterdam: Van Braam, onder de Linden.
Notes: Reprinted by the Van Riebeeck Society in Cape Town (Oud en nieuw Oost-Indie, 5,2). Later also translated into English.

Valentyn, François. 1971/73.
Description of the Cape of Good Hope and matters concerning it, 2 vols. Translated from Dutch by R. Raven-Hart and edited by E.H. Raidt. Publications from the Van Riebeeck Society, second series, 2+4. Cape Town.

Valentyn, François. (Ed.) 1971/73.
Beschryvinge van Kaap der Goede Hoope, met de zaaken daar toe behoorende, 2 vols. Edited by P. Serton, W.J. de Kock, R. Raven-Hart and E.H. Raidt, with English translation by R. Raven-Hart and an introduction by P. Serton. Publications from the Van Riebeeck Society, second series, 2+4. Cape Town.

Vedder, Hermann Heinrich. 19xx.
Vokabularium und syntaktische Beispiele zu Kirchenordnung, Kirchenzuchtordnung, Leitfaden, Agende, Dienstordnung. Manuscript. Windhoek: Rheinischen Missionsgesellschaft. Pp 9.

Vedder, Hermann Heinrich. 1909.
Semitische Lehnworte in der Namasprache. Mimeografiert. Swakopmund. Pp 34.

Vedder, Hermann Heinrich. 1909.
Sammlung von Bergdama-Worten, die in Krönleins Wortschatz nicht enthalten sind von C. Wanders. (journal?), v?, p. (?).
Notes: Details wanting. Source?

Vedder, Hermann Heinrich. 1909.
Antwort auf "Kritische Bemerkungen zu Vedder's Versuch einer Grammatik der Namasprache". Archiv für Otjiherero und Nama, 5. Windhoek: Rheinischen Missionsgesellschaft. Pp 4.

Vedder, Hermann Heinrich. 1909.
Buschmannworte, gesammelt von W. Detering auf der Missionsfarm Gaub. Archiv für die Herero- und Namasprache, 11, p. 14-18.
Notes: Contains a wordlist of ≠Hawase-khoin (a Nama speaking Bushman group).

Vedder, Hermann Heinrich. 1909.
Versuch einer Grammatik der Namasprache. Vervielfältigt für den Gebrauch der Missionare. Swakopmund. Pp ii, 128.
Reviews etc.: Carl Wandres, "Kritische Bemerkungen zu Vedder's Versuch einer Grammatik der Namasprache", Archiv für Otjiherero und Nama - Rheinischen Missionsgesellschaft, Bd 4 (1909); Heinrich Vedder, "Antwort auf Kritische Bemerkungen", Archiv für Otjiherero und Nama - Rheinischen Missionsgesellschaft, Bd 5 (1909).

Vedder, Hermann Heinrich. 1909.
Vermutungen über den Ursprung der Hottentotten (Nama) und Buschmänner (Saan). Archiv für die Herero- und Namasprache in Deutsch Südwestafrika, 9. Windhoek: Rheinischen Missionsgesellschaft.

Vedder, Hermann Heinrich. 1909.
Die Wortbildungsgesetze der Namasprache: ein Versuch. Vervielvältigt. Swakopmund. Pp x, 87.

Vedder, Hermann Heinrich. 1910.
Allerlei Intressantes über die Namasprache. Deutsch-Südwestafrikanische Zeitung, 1/2, p. (?).

Vedder, Hermann Heinrich. 1921.
Die Spruchweisheit der Herero und Bergdama in Südwest-Afrika. Rheinische Missionsschriften, 285. Barmen-Wuppertal: Verlag des Rheinischen Missionshauses. Pp 24.

Vedder, Hermann Heinrich. 1923.
Die Bergdama, 2 Teile. Abhandlungen aus dem Gebiet der Auslandskunde, 11+14; Reihe B: Völkerkunde, Kulturgeschichte und Sprachen, 7-8. Hamburg: Friederichsen, De Gruyter & Co. Pp vi, 199; vii, 131.
Reviews etc.: Alice Werner, Bulletin of the School of Oriental Studies, v. 3 (1924) p. 561-563.
Notes: "Discusses the differences between standard Nama and Bergdama, among other linguistic matters" (Doke 1933:37). The second part contains various texts, most of which appear only as German translations.

Vedder, Hermann Heinrich. 1925.
Fourteen reading sheets for beginners in Nama. Windhoek: Department of Education (SWA Administration).

Vedder, Hermann Heinrich. 1925/26.
Zur Vorgeschichte der eingeborenen Völkerschaften von S.W.A., 2: die Hottentotten. Journal of the SWA (South West Africa) Scientific Society, 1, p. 37-47.
Notes: Reprinted 1952/53 as "Über die Vorgeschichte der Völkerschaften von Südwestafrika, 2: Hottentotten" in the same journal, v. 9, p. 57-68; and 1965 as "Ueber die Vorgeschichte der Völkerschaften von Südwestafrika. Teil 2: die Hottentotten" in Zur Vorgeschichte der eingeborenen Völkerschaften von SWA (SWA Wissenschaftliche Gesellschaft), p. 15-27.

Vedder, Hermann Heinrich. 1926/27.
Zur Vorgeschichte der eingeborenen Völkerschaften von S.W.A., 3: die Bergdama. Journal of the SWA (South West Africa) Scientific Society, 2, p. 35-48.
Notes: Title could be wrong. Reprinted 1965 as "Ueber die Vorgeschichte der Völkerschaften von Südwestafrika. Teil 3: die Bergdama" in Zur Vorgeschichte der eingeborenen Völkerschaften von SWA (Journal der Südwestafrikanischer Wissenschaftliche Gesellschaft, Sonderveröffentlichung 3), p. 27-41.

Vedder, Hermann Heinrich. 1927.
Korana-Katechismus von C.F. Wuras. Festschrift Meinhof, p. 3-28. Glückstadt & Hamburg: J.J. Augustin.

Vedder, Hermann Heinrich. 1928.
Language and intellectual life of the Hottentots. The native tribes of South West Africa, p. 138-142. Edited by Carl Hugo Hahn jnr, Louis Fourie and Hermann Heinrich Vedder. Cape Town: Cape Times Ltd for the Administration of South West Africa.

Vedder, Hermann Heinrich. 1928.
The Nama. The native tribes of South West Africa, p. 107-152. Edited by Carl Hugo Hahn jnr, Louis Fourie and Hermann Heinrich Vedder. Cape Town: Cape Times Ltd for the Administration of South West Africa.

Vedder, Hermann Heinrich. 1928.
The Berg Dama. The native tribes of South West Africa, p. 37-78. Edited by Carl Hugo Hahn jnr, Louis Fourie and Hermann Heinrich Vedder. Cape Town: Cape Times Ltd for the Administration of South West Africa.

Vedder, Hermann Heinrich. 1928/30.
Quellen zur Geschichte von Südwest-Afrika, 29 Bde. Windhoek: Staatsarchiv.
Notes: A collection of missionary letters and documents. Bd 1: zur Einführung; die Gemeindechronik von Otjimbingwe. Bd 2: mündliche Mitteilungen von Eingeborenen über die vorgeschichtliche Zeit. Bd 3: Namaland und Bethanien. Bd 4: Bethanien (Namaland) 1879-1906. Bd 5: Rehoboth und Hoachanas 1847-1866. Bd 6: Hoachanas vom Jahre 1873-1905. Bd 7: Gobabis 1854-1880. Bd 8: Warmbad 1867-1885. Bd 9: Warmbad 1885-1902. Bd 10: Berseba 1851-1858. Bd 11: Berseba 1858-1864. Bd 12: Berseba 1864-1870. Bd 13: Berseba 1870-1890. Bd 14 (Spezialband): Berseba 1857-1905. Bd 15: 75 Dokumente aus dem Nachlass von Maharero. Bd 16: Gibeon und der Stamm der Witboois 1863-1879. Bd 17: Gibeon und der Stamm der Witboois. Bd 18: der zeib'sche Hottentotentstamm von Keetmanshoop 1866-1906. Bd 19: die franzmansche Hottentotten des Simon Kooper 1888-1905; Rietmond 1900-1904. Bd 20: ... Bd 21: ... Bd 22: Rehoboth 1882-1902. Bd 23: die de tuinschen und vilanderschen Bastards (1878-1906). Bd 25: C. Hugo Hahn 1845-1857. Bd 24: Windhoek 1873-1881. Bd 26: C. Hugo Hahn 1857-1871. Bd 27: Okahandja 1873-1890; Otjikango (Barmen) 1880-1888. Bd 28: Kolbe 1848-1851; Büttner 1876; Brincker 1864-1870; Irle 1869-1871; Eich 1882-1888; C.H. Hahn; H. Kleinschmidt. Bd 29: Von Lindequist; südwestafrikanische Erlebnisse; Berenga von Zastrow; das Freikorps von Südwestafrika.

Vedder, Hermann Heinrich. 1930.
The Bergdama in Südwest-Afrika. Africa: journal of the International Institute of African Languages and Cultures, 3, p. 178-190.

Vedder, Hermann Heinrich. 1931.
Bergdama-Sprichwörter. Afrikanischer Heimatkalender, 2, p. 70.

Vedder, Hermann Heinrich. 1934.
Das alte Südwestafrika: Südwestafrikas Geschichte bis zum Tode Mahareros 1890 nach dem besten schriftlichen und mündlichen Quellen erzählt. Berlin: Martin Warneck. Pp xx, 686.
Notes: Vedder's book "is the standard history of German South-West Africa. It also contains summaries of relevant ethnographic information from nineteenth and early twentieth-century sources" (Barnard 1992:64). Reprinted 1981 the SWA/Namibia Scientific Society in Windhoek (ISBN-10 0-949995-33-9).

Vedder, Hermann Heinrich. 1937.
Die voorgeskiedenis van Suidwes-Afrika. Windhoek.

Vedder, Hermann Heinrich. 1938.
Lautfolge in den weitaus meisten Wortstämme der Namasprache (Supplement). The phonetics of the Hottentot language, p. 313-315. Edited by Douglas Martyn Beach. Cambridge: William Heffer & Sons.

Vedder, Hermann Heinrich. 1938.
Von dem Hottentotten. Am Lagerfeue: Geschichten aus Busch und Werst von Pad und Landschaft, Menschen und Schicksalen in Südwestafrika, p. 139-148. Edited by A. Wackwitz. Windhoek: John Meinert.

Vedder, Hermann Heinrich. 1948.
Kort geskiedenis van Suidwes-Afrika. 'n Vry afrikaanse verwerking deur C.J.C. Lemmer. Kaapstad: Unie Volkspers. Pp 71.
Notes: Not sure of if this is the earliest printing. Reprinted several times. Later reprints bear the title 'n Geskiedenis van Suidwes-Afrika.

Vedder, Hermann Heinrich. 1953.
Einführung in die Geschichte Südwestafrikas. Windhoek: John Meinert. Pp 110.
Notes: This is probably not the earliest edition/printing. Reprinted 2001 by Nation Press in Namibia (Aus alten Tagen in Südwest, 16; ISBN-10 99916-50-67-1; 64 pp).

Vedder, Hermann Heinrich. 1965.
Zur Vorgeschichte der eingeborenen Völkerschaften von SWA. Aufsätze aus dem Journal der Südwestafrikanischen Wissenschaftlichen Gesellschaft; Sonderveröffentlichung Nr 3. Windhoek: Südwestafrikanische Wissenschaftliche Gesellschaft.
Notes: Contins various articles originally published during 1925 to 1929 in the Journal of the SWA (South West Africa) Scientific Society, v. 1-4.

Vedder, Hermann Heinrich. 2003.
The Bergdama, 2 vols. Translated and annotated by Adi Inskeep, with additional ethnographic material. Köln: Rüdiger Köppe Verlag.
Reviews etc.: George T. Nurse, Journal of Namibian studies, v. 2 (2007) p. ?

Verneau, Réne. 1916.
Le centième anniversaire de la mort de Sarah Bartmann. L'anthropologie, 27, p. 178.

Vickers, H.J. 1880.
Griqualand West: its area, population, commerce and general statistics. Kimberley.

Viereck, Albert. 1967.
The Damaraland culture. Journal of the SWA (South West Africa) Scientific Society, 21, p. 13-31.

Viljoen, Russel. 1997.
Making sense of the Khoikhoi cattle killing of 1788: an episode in millenarianism in Khoikhoi society. Kronos: journal of Cape history, 24, p. 62-76.

Viljoen, Russel. 2006.
Jan Paerl: a Khoikhoi in Cape colonial society, 1761-1851. Edited by Leonard Blussé and Hendrik E. Niemeijer. TANAP (Towards a New Age of Partnership) monographs on the history of Asian-European interaction. Leiden & Boston: Brill Academic Publ. Pp xviii, 213.
Reviews etc.: Kerry Ward, H-net book reviews (online), May 2007.

Villiers, Hertha de. 1970.
The morphology and incidence of the tablier in Bushman, Griqua and Negro females. Proceedings of the 8th international congress of anthropological and ethnological sciences, Tokyo and Kyoto, August 1968, v. 1, p. 48-51. Tokyo.

Virchow, Rudolf. 1887.
Die physische Anthropologie von Buschmäner, Hottentotten und Omundonga. Verhandlungen der Berliner Gesellschaft für Anthropologie, Ethnologie und Urgeschichte, 19, p. 656-666.

Voigt, Bernhard. (Ed.) 1913.
Lesebuch zur Heimatkunde von Deutsch Südwestafrika. Stuttgart.
Notes: Not sure about the contents of this.

Voigt, Elizabeth A. 1986.
Iron age herding: archaeological and ethnoarchaeological approaches to pastoral problems. Prehistoric pastoralism in southern Africa, p. 13-21. Edited by Martin Hall and Andrew B. Smith. Goodwin series, 5. Vlaeberg (South Africa): South African Archaeological Society.

Vollmer, Fr. Heinrich. 18xx.
A Hottentot legend in the dialect of the Gei-Khaus-Nama. Manuscript.
Notes: Referred to by Stanley (1968:14).

Vollmer, Fr. Heinrich. 185x.
Unpublished notes on Namaqua proper names and relative pronouns. Cape Town: Grey Collection, South African Public Library. Pp 4.

Vollmer, Fr. Heinrich. 1855.
Nama-Holländisch Wörterbuch. Manuskript.
Notes: Referred to by Strohmeyer & Moritz (1975:115).

Vollmer, Fr. Heinrich. 1859.
Nama-Redewendungen mit deutschen Übersetzungen. Manuskript. Kapstadt: Grey Sammlung, Südafrikanische Öffentliche Bibliothek.

Vollmer, Fr. Heinrich. 1859.
Biblische Geschichten in Nama.
Notes: Details wanting.

Vossen, Rainer. 1991.
"Hottentottisch" und die Genussprachen der Nord- und Nordost-afrikanischen Viehhälter: Spekulationen über genetische Zusammenhange. Ägypten im afro-orientalischen Kontext, p. 411-426. Edited by Daniela Mendel and Ulrike Claudi. Afrikanistische Arbeitspapiere (AAP), Sondernummer 1991. Bayreuth: Institut für Afrikanistik, Universität zu Köln.

Vossen, Rainer. 1998.
Historical classification of Khoe (Central Khoisan) languages of southern Africa. African studies, 57 (1), p. 93-106.

Vreeden, B.F. van. 1954.
Plekname in Noord-Kaapland: op die spoor van James Backhouse. Tydskrif vir volkskunde en volkstaal, 10 (4), p. 10-22.

Vreeden, B.F. van. 1958.
Interessante plekname langs die Oranjerivier. Tydskrif vir volkskunde en volkstaal, 14 (4), p. 26-29.

Vreeden, B.F. van. 1961.
Oorsprong en geskiedenis van plekname in Noord-Kaapland en aangrensende gebiede. Proefskrif. Johannesburg: Universiteit van die Witwatersrand.

Vreeden, B.F. van. 1965.
Die Khoisan naamgewing in Griekwaland-Wes. Tydskrif vir volkskunde en volkstaal, 21 (4), p. 12-32.

Vreeden, B.F. van. 1965.
Die bydrae van die Basterbevolkingsgroep tot die naamgewing van Boesmanland en Gordonia. Tydskrif vir volkskunde en volkstaal, 21 (3), p. 1-12.

Vreeden, B.F. van. 1966.
Aantekeninge oor plekname. Tydskrif vir volkskunde en volkstaal, 22, p. 14-16.

Vreeden, B.F. van. 1967.
Aantekeninge oor plekname. Tydskrif vir volkskunde en volkstaal, 23 (3), p. 14-17.

Vreeden, B.F. van. 1970.
Aantekeninge oor plekname. Tydskrif vir volkskunde en volkstaal, 26, p. 15-20, 42-47.

Vycichl, Werner. 1935.
Was sind Hamiten sprachen?. Africa: journal of the International Institute of African Languages and Cultures, 8 (1), p. 76-89.

Wagner-Robertz, Dagmar. 19xx.
Aspects and problems of Dama investigation. Manuscript.
Notes: Source?

Wagner-Robertz, Dagmar. 1976.
Schamanismus bei den Hain//om in Südwestafrika. Anthropos: internationale Zeitschrift für Völker- und Sprachenkunde, 71, p. 533-554.

Wagner-Robertz, Dagmar. 2001.
Liedtexte der Dama, Südwestafrika/Namibia. History, cultural traditions and innovations in southern Africa, 15. Köln: Rüdiger Köppe Verlag. Pp 190, 1 CD-ROM.

Wahba, Sabine. 1999.
Ausspracheschwierigkeiten im Deutschen: Interferenzen bei Herero- und Khoekhoegowabsprachigen Lernern als Folgeerscheinungen der erzieherischen und sprachlichen Situation in Namibia. Dissertation. Universität zu Trier. Pp 362.

Waldman, Linda. 200x.
The Griqua conundrum: political and socio-cultural identity in the northern Cape, South Africa. Oxford: Peter Lang. Pp 253.
Reviews etc.: Robert Ross, H-Net book reviews (online), September 2007.

Wallmann, Johann Christian. 186x.
Die Formenlehre der Namaquasprache: vervollständigt und zum Theil berichtigt nach anderen Autoren durch Hermann Hegner, mit Ergänzungen versehen, abgeschrieben und ausgezogen von Carl Wandres. Manuscript. Windhoek: Rheinischen Missionsgesellschaft. Pp 314.
Notes: Unpublished reworking of Die Formenlehre der Namaquasprache originally published 1857.

Wallmann, Johann Christian. 1854.
Vokabular der Namasprache nebst einer Abriss der Formenlehre derselben. Barmen-Wuppertal: J.F. Steinhaus. Pp 32.
Notes: "This has only historical value to-day" (Doke 1933:36). It is sometimes credited to H.C. Knudsen, but the reasons for that seems a bit obscure.

Wallmann, Johann Christian. 1857.
Die Formenlehre der Namaquasprache: ein Beitrag zur südafrikanischen Linguistik. Berlin, London & Paris: Wilhelm Hertz; Williams & Norgate; Librairie C. Klincksieck. Pp 95.
Notes: "Only of antiquarian value to-day" (Doke 1933:36). Published simultaneously by three publishing houses. Contains a Khoekhoe translation of Luther's Catechism (Strohmeyer & Moritz 1975:111).

Wallmann, Johann Christian. 1858.
Die Hottentotten-Stämme und ihre geographische Verbreiterung. Petermanns geographische Mitteilungen (Mittheilungen aus Justus Perthes' Geographischer Anstalt über wichtige neue Erforschungen auf dem Gesammtgebiete der Geographie), 4, p. 49-56.
Notes: Published without author's name.

Walt, C.P. van der. 1946.
Enkele plekname in Oos-Transvaal. Tydskrif vir volkskunde en volkstaal, 3, p. 74-77.

Wandres, Carl. 19xx.
Hottentotten-Wörter aus Job Ludolfs Leben mit Specimen Linguae hottentotticae nunquam alias ad notitiam germanorum perlatae (am Cap gesammelt um 1691). Manuscript. Windhoek: Public Library. Pp 12.
Notes: Contains lexical data taken from Juncker (1710) in Dutch, Khoekhoe, Latin and "Nama/Deutsch" (whatever that is); see Strohmeyer & Moritz (1975:115).

Wandres, Carl. 1903.
Die Khoi-Khoin oder Nama. Rechtsverhältnisse von eingeborenen Völkern in Afrika und Ozeanien, p. 312-325. Edited by Sebald Rudolf Steinmetz. Berlin: Julius Springer-Verlag.
Notes: Wandres' name is misspellt "Wandrer" in several places.

Wandres, Carl. 1909.
Über den Ursprung der Namasprache und die Annahme derselben durch die Bergdama. Archiv für die Herero- und Namasprache, 11, p. 1-3.

Wandres, Carl. 1909.
Kritische Bemerkungen zu Vedder's "Versuch einer Grammatik der Namasprache". Archiv für Otjiherero und Nama, 4. Windhoek: Rheinischen Missionsgesellschaft. Pp 4.
Reviews etc.: Heinrich Vedder, "Antwort auf Kritische Bemerkungen", Archiv für Otjiherero und Nama - Rheinischen Missionsgesellschaft, Bd 5 (1909).

Wandres, Carl. 1909.
Namaworte, die in Krönleins Wortschatz fehlen oder nicht verdeutscht sind, gesammlet in Warmbad und Windhuk seit 1884. Archiv für die Herero- und Namasprache, 11, p. 5-13.

Wandres, Carl. 1909.
Sammlung von Bergdama-Worten, die in Krönlein's "Wortschatz" nicht enthalten sind. Archiv für Otjiherero und Nama, 6 (Windhoek), Rheinischen Missionsgesellschaft, 6, p. 4.

Wandres, Carl. 1909.
Kritische Bemerkungen zu den "Gesprächen aus der Praxis für die Praxis" von Missionar J. Olpp. Archiv für die Herero- und Namasprache, 11, p. 3-4.

Wandres, Carl. 1909.
Texte. Lehrbuch der Nama-Sprache, p. 149-177. Edited by Carl Meinhof. Lehrbücher des Seminars für orientalische Sprachen, 23. Berlin: Georg Reimer.
Notes: Nama texts.

Wandres, Carl. 1918/19.
Alte Wortlisten der Hottentottensprache. Zeitschrift für Kolonialsprachen, 9, p. 26-42.

Wandres, Carl. 1922/23.
Nama-Redensarten. Zeitschrift für Eingeborenen-Sprachen, 13, p. 307-310.

Wandres, Carl. 1925/26.
Nama-Wörter (nicht bei Kroenlein 1889 aufgeführt), mit Anhang: Bergdama-Wörter. Zeitschrift für Eingeborenen-Sprachen, 16 (4), p. 275-297.

Wandres, Carl. 1927.
Tiernamen in der Nama- und Bergdamasprache, etymologisch erläutert. Festschrift Meinhof, p. 125-133. Glückstadt & Hamburg: J.J. Augustin.

Wandres, Carl. 1928.
Südwestafrikanische Orts- und Familiennamen der Eingeborenen. Lüderitzbuchter Zeitung, zweites Blatt, 16, p. 248.
Notes: Referred to by Nienaber & Raper (1980:784).

Wängler, Hans-Heinrich. 1954/56.
Über südwestafrikanische Bogenlieder. Teil 1: drei Lieder der Bergdama. Afrika und Übersee, 39, p. 49-63.

Wängler, Hans-Heinrich. 1956/57.
Über südwestafrikanische Bogenlieder. Teil 2: vier Lieder der Bergdama und Buschleute. Afrika und Übersee, 40, p. 163-174.

Washburn, Paul. 2001.
A minimalist approach to Khoekhoe declaratives. Cornell working papers in linguistics, 18, p. (?).

Watermeyer, Egidius Benedictus. 1866.
Letters from Judge Watermeyer on the word Hottentot. Transactions of the Philological Society, 1866, p. 15-21.
Notes: Contains two letters dated 14th December 1865 and 12th February 1866. Reprinted 1971 in a pamphlet titled The word Hottentot (Pretoria State Library).

Webb, Victor N.[C.]. 1993.
Die herkoms van Oranjerivierafrikaans. Linguistica: festschrift E.B. van Wyk, 'n huldeblyk, p. 161-171. Edited by Paul Michael Siegfried von Staden and others. Pretoria: J.L. van Schaik.

Weber, Ernst von. 1878.
Vier Jahre in Afrika, 1871-1875, 2 Bde. Leipzig: F.A. Brockhaus.
Notes: Includes notes on the Khoekhoe.

Weber, Ernst von. 1882.
Quatre ans au pays des Boers, 1871-1875. Traduit de l'allemand et abrégé avec l'autorisation de l'auteur par Jules Gourdault. Paris: Hachette. Pp iii, 391.
Notes: The German original includes notes on the Khoekhoe. Not sure if this does.

Webley, Lita E. 1982.
Settlement studies among descendants of Nama herders: an ethno-archaeological approach. Khoisis: occasional papers of the Department of Anthropology and Archaeology, University of Stellenbosch, 3, p. 1-26.

Webley, Lita E. 1986.
Pastoralist ethnoarchaeology in Namaqualand. Pastoralism in southern Africa, p. 57-61. Edited by Martin Hall and Andrew B. Smith. Goodwin series, 5. South African Archaeological Society.

Wedgwood, Hensleigh. 1866.
An examination of Kolben's assertion that Hottentot was the native name of the race. Transactions of the Philological Society, 1866, p. 11-14.
Notes: Reprinted 1971 in a pamphlet titled The word Hottentot (Pretoria State Library).

Welch, Sidney R. 1946.
South Africa under King Manuel, 1495-1521. Cape Town: J.C. Juta. Pp vi, 532.
Notes: With "notes of early travellers about Hottentots" (Strohmeyer & Moritz 1975:23).

Welch, Sidney R. 1950.
Portuguese rule and Spanish crown in South Africa, 1581-1640. Cape Town: J.C. Juta. Pp vi, 634.
Notes: Contains "scattered notes about Hottentots" (Strohmeyer & Moritz 1975:23).

Wendt, Wolfgang Erich. 1975.
Ein Rekonstruktionsversuch der Besiedlungsgeschichte des westlichen Gross-Namalandes seit dem 15. Jahrhundert. Journal of the SWA (South West Africa) Scientific Society, 29, p. 23-56.

Wendt, Wolfgang Erich. 1980.
Fragmente aus der Ur- und Frühgeschichte des westlichen Gross-Namaland. Afrikanischer Heimatkalender, 1980, p. 33-50.

Weninger, Margarete. 1965.
Chimba und Vatwa, bantuide Viehzüchter und nicht-bantuide Wildbeuter. Mitteilungen der anthropologischen Gesellschaft in Wien, 95, p. 180-190.

Werner, Alice. 1904.
Hottentot roots in Bantu click-words. Journal of the African Society, 4 (13), p. 142-143.

Werner, H. 1906.
Anthropologische, ethnologische und ethnographische Beobachtungen über die Heikum- und Kungbuschleute: nebst einem Anhang über die Sprachen dieser Buschmannstämme. Zeitschrift für Ethnologie (Berlin), 38, p. 241-268.
Notes: The article also includes a Nama-wordlist (for comparison).

Westermann, Diedrich. 1952.
African linguistic classification. Africa: journal of the International African Institute, 22, p. 250-256.
Notes: Review article on Greenberg's "Studies in African linguistic classification" which had appeared in Southwestern journal of anthropology, vols 5 (1949) and 6 (1950).

Westphal, Ernst Oswald Johannes. 1945.
Unpublished field notes on Nama and Naron.
Notes: Referred to by Levy (1968:20).

Westphal, Ernst Oswald Johannes. 1956.
The non-Bantu languages of southern Africa (supplement). The non-Bantu languages of north-eastern Africa, p. 158-173. Edited by Archibald Norman Tucker and Margaret Arminel Bryan. London: Oxford University Press for the International African Institute (IAI).

Westphal, Ernst Oswald Johannes. 1962.
On classifying Bushman and Hottentot languages. African language studies, 3, p. 30-48.

Westphal, Ernst Oswald Johannes. 1962.
A re-classification of southern African non-Bantu languages. Journal of African languages, 1 (1), p. 1-8.

Westphal, Ernst Oswald Johannes. 1963.
The linguistic prehistory of southern Africa: Bush, Kwadi, Hottentot and Bantu linguistic relationships. Africa: journal of the International African Institute, 33 (3), p. 237-265.

Westphal, Ernst Oswald Johannes. 1965.
Uma viagem de investigação linguística no Kalahari [pt. 1]. Notícias da Africa do sul, 228, p. 14-15, 18.

Westphal, Ernst Oswald Johannes. 1965.
Uma viagem de investigação linguística no Kalahari [pt. 2]. Notícias da Africa do sul, 229, p. 6.

Westphal, Ernst Oswald Johannes. 1966.
Linguistic research in SWA and Angola. Die ethnischen Gruppen Südwestafrikas, p. 125-144. Wissenschaftliche Forschung in Südwestafrika, 3. Windhoek: Südwestafrikanische Wissenschaftliche Gesellschaft.
Notes: Includes lexical specimens from G//abake, Shua, Buka, Xû, Nharo, Dama, Kwadi, Zhu/hõasi, ≠Au//eîn, Maligo, ≠Hûa, Ng/amani, Ng/huki, and //Xegwi.

Westphal, Ernst Oswald Johannes. 1968.
Sentence analysis, word categories and identification in southern African languages. Taalfasette, 6, p. 68-82.
Notes: Deals with Nama, !Xung (Maligo) and, probably, southern Bantu.

Westphal, Ernst Oswald Johannes. 1971.
The click languages of southern and eastern Africa. Current trends in linguistics, 7: linguistics in sub-Saharan Africa, p. 367-420. Edited by Thomas Albert Sebeok. The Hague & Paris: Mouton & Co.

White, A.N. 1977.
The Stockenstrom judgement, the Warren report and the Griqualand West rebellion, 1876-78. MA thesis. Grahamstown: Rhodes University.

Widlok, Thomas. 1994.
The social relationships of changing Hai//om hunter-gatherers in northern Namibia, 1990-1994. PhD thesis. Department of Anthropology, London School of Economics.

Widlok, Thomas. 1994.
Space and the "other"; social experience and ethnography in the Kalahari debate. Scoail experience and anthropological knowledge, p. 180-199. Edited by Kirsten Hastrup and Peter Hervik. London: Rouledge.

Widlok, Thomas. 1995.
The "irrealis" at work in Hai//om. The complete linguist: papers in memory of Patrick J. Dickens, p. 371-382. Edited by Anthony Traill, Rainer Vossen and Megan Biesele. Afrikanische Sprachen und Kulturen. Köln: Rüdiger Köppe Verlag.

Widlok, Thomas. 1995.
Enteignet für den Etosha-Nationalpark: die Hai//om-Buschleute finden in Namibia zuwenig Gehör. Pogrom: Zeitschrift für bedrohte Völker (Hamburg), 185 (26), p. 12-14.

Widlok, Thomas. 1996.
Topographical gossip and the indexicality of Hai//om environmental knowledge. Working papers from the Cognitive Anthropology Research Group, 37. Nijmegen: Max Planck Institute for Psycholinguistic Research. Pp 30.

Widlok, Thomas. 1996.
Ethnicity in the post-apartheid era: a "San" case study from Namibia. Ethnicity in Africa: roots, meanings and implications, p. 147-166. Edited by Louise de la Gorgendiëre, Kenneth King and Sarah Vaughan. Centre of African Studies (CAS), University of Edinburgh.

Widlok, Thomas. 1997.
≠Akhoe pragmatics, Hai//om identity and the Khoekhoe language. Namibian languages: reports and papers, p. 117-124. Edited by Wilfrid Haacke and Edward Derek Elderkin. Namibian African studies, 4. Köln: Rüdiger Köppe Verlag for the University of Namibia.

Widlok, Thomas. 1997.
Orientation in the wild: the shared cognition of Hai//om bushpeople. Journal of the Royal Anthropological Institute, 3, p. 317-332.

Widlok, Thomas. 1998.
Cognitive foundations of Khoisan common sense. Language, identity and conceptualization among the Khoisan, p. 439-462. Edited by Mathias Schladt. Quellen zur Khoisan-Forschung (Research in Khoisan studies), 15. Köln: Rüdiger Köppe Verlag.

Widlok, Thomas. 1999.
A place to rest and to talk: spatial and linguistic shifts in northern Namibia. Frankfurter afrikanistische Blätter, 11, p. 125-144.

Widlok, Thomas. 1999.
Living on Mangetti: 'Bushman' autonomy and Namibian independence. Oxford: Oxford University Press. Pp 291.

Wikar, Hendrik Jacob. 1779.
Berigt aan den weleedelen gestrengen Heer Mr Joachim van Plattenbergh van't geene my ondergeteekende ontmoetis wat ik gehoord ende gezien hebbe zeedert dat ik langs de Groote rivier op ende needer gesworven hebbe. Den Haag: Plettenberg-Sammlung, Hollandsche Reichsarchiv.
Reviews etc.: L.F. Maingard, "Hendrik Jacob Wikar: his editors, translators and commentators", Bantu studies, v. 10 (1936) p. 31-40.
Notes: Not sure of the exact title. "Wikar's journal includes probably the first attempt to classify the Khoisan peoples, most specifically the various groups of 'Hottentots' in the Cape" (Barnard 1992:10). First published 1916 in Reizen in Zuid-Afrika in de hollandse tijd, v. 2, edited by E.C. Godée-Molsbergen (published by Martinus Nijhoff); and reprinted 1935 by the Van Riebeek Society, Cape Town.

Wikar, Hendrik Jacob. 1935.
Berigt aan den weleedelen gestrengen Heer Mr Joachim van Plattenbergh [with an English translation by A.W. van der Horst]. The journal of Hendrik Jacob Wikar (1779) and the journals of Jacobus Coetzé Jansz (1766) and Willem van Reenen (1791), p. 21-219. Edited by E.E. Mossop. Publications from the Van Riebeeck Society, 15. Cape Town.
Reviews etc.: J.A. Engelbrecht, "The tribes of Wikar's journal", in the same book, p. 221-237; (A.W. van der Horst?), "Aantekeninge oor die taal van Wikar se joernaal", in the same book, p. 239-275.
Notes: Contains extracts from a manuscript dated 1799.

Wikar, Hendrik Jacob. 1955.
Reisen am Oranje 1778/9: Bericht des Hendrik Jakob Wikar von Gothenburg an den Gouverneur Baron Joachim von Plettenberg (merkwürdige abenteuerliche Reise am Oranje 1778 und 1779). Afrikanischer Heimatkalender, 26, p. 91-116.
Notes: Contains extracts from a manuscript dated 1779. "Auszug aus dem verkürzten Bericht. - Namacquas, Eynicquas, Koracquas, Blicquas, Damracquas (dunkelhäutig), Thaboek (Buschmänner)" (Strohmeyer & Moritz 1975:24).

Willcox, Alex R. 1966.
Sheep and sheep-herders in South Africa. Africa: journal of the International African Institute, 36 (4), p. 432-438.

Wilson, [?]. 1691.
... [Title wanting].
Notes: "The strange Hottentot speech had already been transcribed to some extent by Wilson in 1691" (Johnston 1919:2). Who's Wilson?

Wilson, Monica Hunter; Thompson, Leonard M. (Ed.) 1969/71.
The Oxford history of South Africa, 2 vols. Oxford: Oxford University Press. Pp 502; 584.
Reviews etc.: Anthony Atmore, Bulletin of the School of Oriental and African Studies, v. 33 (1970) p. 435-436; Anthony Atmore, Bulletin of the School of Oriental and African Studies, v. 35 (1972) p. 678-680; Leslie Clement Duly, International journal of African historical studies, v. 5 (1972) p. 696-700; R. Hunt Davis jnr, African studies review, v. 16 (1973) p. 291-294.

Wilson, Monica Hunter; Thompson, Leonard M. (Ed.) 1982.
A history of South Africa to 1870. Cape Town: David Philip Publ.
Notes: This is either a revised edition or reprint.

Wilson, Michael L. 1986.
Notes on the nomenclature of the Khoisan. Annals of the South African Museum, 97 (8), p. 251-266.

Wilson, Michael L. 1989.
The problem of the origin of the Khoikhoi. The digging stick, 6 (1), p. 2-4.

Winkelmann, Franz von. 1791.
Wörterverzeichnis der Kaffern- und Hottentottensprache, gesammelt während einer Reise in 1788. Manuskript. Der Haag: Hollandsche Reichsarchiv.
Notes: "[G]enauer Titel unbekannt" (Strohmeyer & Moritz 1975:116).

Winter, Jürgen Christoph. 198x.
Die Tonabzeichnungen von Krönlein, Schultze und Meinhof im Nama und !Ora. Afrika und Übersee, v?, p. (?).
Notes: This is "im Druck" according to Winter (1981:374).

Winter, Jürgen Christoph. 1981.
Khoisan. Die Sprachen Afrikas, p. 329-374. Edited by Bernd Heine, Thilo C. Schadeberg and Ekkehard Wolff. Hamburg: Helmut Buske Verlag.

Winter, Jürgen Christoph. 1981.
Die Tonemmuster des Gemein-Zentralkhoisan. Berliner afrikanistische Vorträge: XXI. deutscher Orientalistentage, Berlin, 24.-29. März 1980, p. 237-257. Edited by Herrmann Jungraithmayr and Gudrun Miehe. Marburger Studien zur Afrika- und Asienkunde, Reihe A: Afrika, 28. Berlin: Dietrich Reimer Verlag.

Winter, Jürgen Christoph. 1986.
Les parlers du khoisan central. La méthode dialectométrique appliquée aux langues africaines, p. 395-431. Edited by Gladys Guarisma and Wilhelm Johann Georg Möhlig. Berlin: Dietrich Reimer Verlag.

Winter, Jürgen Christoph. 1988.
Der 'Hottentottische Mythos vom Ursprung des Todes': ein Lehrstuck um Aufrichtigkeit und Luge. Die Orallitteratur in Afrika als Quelle zur Erforschung der traditionelen Kulturen, p. 165-176. Edited by Wilhelm Johann Georg Möhlig, Herrmann Jungraithmayr and J.F. Thiel. Collectanea instituti anthropos, 36. Berlin: Dietrich Reimer Verlag.

Wintergerst, Martin. 1712.
Der durch Europam lauffende, durch Asiam fahrende, an Americam und Africam anländende, und in Ost-Indien lange Zeit gebliebene Schwabe: Oder, Reissbeschreibung, welche in 22 Jahren an bemeldte Oerther verrichtet, was dabey denckwürdiges gesehen und in acht genommen worden; mit schönen Kupffern gezieret, und an den Tag gegeben. Memmingen (Deutschland): Müller.
Notes: Contains some notes about the Khoekhoe (Strohmeyer & Moritz 1975:24). Reprinted 1932 as Reisen auf dem Mitteländischen Meere, der Nordsee, nach Ceylon und nach Java by Martinus Nijhoff in Der Haag.

Wintergerst, Martin. 1712/1932.
Reisen auf dem Mitteländischen Meere, der Nordsee, nach Ceylon und nach Java, 1688-1710, 2 Bde. Nach der Original-Ausgabe. Reisebeschreibungen von deutschen Beamten und Krigsleuten, 12-13. Der Haag: Martinus Nijhoff.
Notes: Originally published 1712 as Der durch Europam lauffende, durch Asiam fahrende, an Americam und Africam anländende, und in Ost-Indien lange Zeit gebliebene Schwabe.

Wintergerst, Martin. 1713.
Zwey und zwantzig-jährige Reysen durch Europam, Asiam, Africam, Americam und Ost-Indien, mit vielen Anmerckungen und Figuren versehen. Zweite Auflage. Frankfurt am Mayn & Leipzig: Bartholomeo.

Witbooi, Hendrik. 1929.
Die dagboek van Hendrik Witbooi, kaptein van die Witbooi-Hottentotte, 1884-1905. Met n voorwoord deur Gustav Voigts en uitgegee met die medewerking van die Suidwes-Afrika Wetenskaplike Vereniging, Windhoek. Publications from the Van Riebeeck Society, 9. Cape Town. Pp xxviii, 244.
Reviews etc.: H.H.G. Kreft, "The diary of Hendrik Witbooi", Journal of the SWA (South West Africa) Scientific Society, v. 2 (1926/27), 49-61; N.J. Roussouw, Die taal van Hendrik Witbooi as proewe van Hottentot-Hollands (MA thesis, University of Stellenbosch, 1939); D. van der Zwan, Die taalgebruik in die dagboek van Hendrik Witbooi (MA thesis, University of South Africa, 1986).
Notes: The diaries of the legendary /Khobesin Chief.

Witbooi, Hendrik. 1984.
Nama/Namibia: diary and letters of Nama chief Hendrik Witbooi, 1884-1894. Edited by Georg M. Gugelberger. African historical documents series, 5. Boston: African Studies Center, Boston University. Pp ix, 131.

Witbooi, Hendrik. 1989.
The Hendrik Witbooi papers. Translated by Annemarie Heywood and Eben Maasdorp, annotated by Brigitte Lau. Archeia, 13. Windhoek: National Archives of Namibia. Pp xxiii, 213.

Witbooi, Hendrik. 1996.
The Hendrik Witbooi papers. Second edition, revised; translated by Annemarie Heywood and Eben Maasdorp, annotated by Brigitte Lau. Archeia, 13. Windhoek: National Archives of Namibia. Pp xxxi, 288.

Witsen, Nicolaus. 169x.
Excerpta ex literis illustris viri Nicolai Witsenii Consulis Amstelodamensis [...].
Notes: Details wanting. Contains "Pater Noster, Credo und Decem Praecepta" in Dutch and Khoekhoe (Strohmeyer & Moritz 1975:115).

Witsen, Nicolaus. 1710.
Specimen linguae hottentotticae (supplement). Commentarius de vita scriptisque ac meritis illustris viri Iobi Ludolfi, p. 229-237. Edited by Christian Juncker. Lipsiae & Francofurti: Friderici Braunii.
Notes: A small Dutch-Khoekhoe-Latin word list. No author/compiler is given for this, but Strohmeyer & Moritz (1975:12) say it's either from Wreede or Witsen; Köhler (1981:482) says it's from Witsen.

Wreede, Georg Friedrich. 1916.
Hottentotse woordelijst. Reizen in Zuid-Afrika in de hollandse tijd, v. 1, p. 215-224. Edited by Everhardus Cornelis Godée-Molsbergen. Werken uitgegeven door de Linschoten-Vereeniging, 11. 's-Gravenhage: Martinus Nijhoff.
Reviews etc.: Jose Burman, "Personalities of the past: the first South African author (George Frederick Wreede)", Personality, v. 67 (1962) p. ?; Otto Hartung Spohr, "Georg Friedrich Wrede: Verfasser der ersten Hottentot Vokabulars", Afrika-Post, v. 10 (1963) p. 23-24.
Notes: "Verfasserschaft sehr umstritten" (Strohmeyer & Moritz 1975:116).

Wüllerstorf-Urbair, Bernhard von. 1861/67.
Reise der österreicheischen Fregatte Novara um die Erde in den Jahren 1857, 1858, 1859 unter den Befehlen des Commodore B. von Wüllerstorf-Urbair, 9 Bde. Wien: Kaiserlich-Königliche Hof- und Staatsdruckerei in Commission bei Carl Gerold's Sohn.
Notes: Includes a chapter on Khoekhoe. Although this is often credited to Wüllerstorf-Urbair, it was actually written by Karl Scherzer. ("Mit der Bearbeitung und Redaction der vorliegenden Reisebeschreibung in deutscher und englischer Sprache wurde Herr dr Karl v. Scherzer beauftragt".) There's also an English edition.

Wuras, Carl Friedrich. 1841.
A catechism in the Korana dialect of the Hottentot language. Manuscript.
Notes: Referred to by Levy (1968:21).

Wuras, Carl Friedrich. 1850.
Hottentot grammar in the Korana dialect (supplement). The Kafir language, p. 17-26. Edited by John Whittle Appleyard. King William's Town: Wesleyan Methodist Mission Press.
Notes: The title could be wrong. The above is the most oft-used in reference lists. Doke (1933:38) gives Grammar of the Kora-Dialect.

Wuras, Carl Friedrich. 1858.
Vokabular der Korana-Sprache. Manuscript. Auckland: Public Library. Pp 58.
Notes: Re-published and edited by Walther Bourquin in 1920 as supplement 1 to Zeitschrift für Eingeborenen-Sprachen.

Wuras, Carl Friedrich. 1858.
A catechism in the Korana dialect of the Hottentot language. Revised manuscript. Cape Town: Grey Collection, South African Public Library.
Notes: Revised at the request of Sir George Grey.

Wuras, Carl Friedrich. 1920.
Vokabular der Korana-Sprache. Herausgegeben und mit kritischen Anmerkungen versehen von Walther Bourquin. Supplement 1 to Zeitschrift für Eingeborenen-Sprachen. Berlin & Hamburg: Verlag von Dietrich Reimer (Ernst Vohsen); C. Boysen. Pp 58.
Notes: The original manuscript was completed in 1858 by Wuras. Reprinted 1969 by Kraus Reprint in Nendeln, Liechenstein.

Wuras, Carl Friedrich. 1927.
Korana-Katechismus (kritisch bearbeitet von H. Vedder). Festschrift Meinhof, p. 3-28. Glückstadt & Hamburg: J.J. Augustin.

Wuras, Carl Friedrich. 1929.
An account of the Korana. Bantu studies, 3, p. 287-296.
Notes: Pagination uncertain.

Wyman, Jeffries. 1865.
Observations on the skeleton of a Hottentot. The anthropological review, 3, p. 330-335.

Zaby, Alfred [Pater]. 1974.
Eine Nama-Schriftsprache?. Mitteilungen der Südwestafrikanischen Wissenschaftlichen Gesellschaft, 15 (5/6), p. 1-3.
Notes: This contains "kritische Stellungnahme zur Rechtschreibung und zum Gebrauche von Fremdworten. Ein sprachbildendes Organ sollte richtungsweisend sein" (Strohmeyer 1982:38).

Zaby, Alfred [Pater]. 1979.
Einige Ortsnamen aus dem Damaraland. Namibiana: communications of the ethno-historical study group, SWA (South West Africa) Scientific Society, 1 (1), p. 49-54.

Zaby, Alfred [Pater]. 1982.
Die Reinvasmaker: Geschichte und Kultur einer Gemeinschaft. Namibiana: communications of the ethno-historical study group, SWA (South West Africa) Scientific Society, 4 (1), p. 1-156.
Notes: Complete issue.

Zimmerer, Jürgen; Zeller, Joachim. (Ed.) 2003.
Völkermord in Deutsch-Südwestafrika: der Kolonialkrieg (1904-1908) in Namibia und seine Folgen. Berlin: Ch Links Verlag. Pp 280.
Reviews etc.: Matt Fitzpatrick, H-Net book reviews (online), February 2005.

Zimmermann, Wolfgang. 1973.
Erläuterungen zu den Bezeichnungen "Damara" und "Owambo". Mitteilungen der Südwestafrikanischen Wissenschaftlichen Gesellschaft, 13 (11), p. 9.

Zoutendyk, Z. Alwyn. 1954.
The blood groups of South African natives with particular reference to a recent investigation of the Hottentots. Transactions of the international congress of blood transfusion, 5, p. 247-249.

Zoutendyk, Z. Alwyn; Kopéc, A.C.; Mourant, A.E. 1955.
The blood groups of the Hottentots. American journal of physical anthropology, 13, p. 691-698.

Zwan, D. van der. 1986.
Die taalgebruik in die dagboek van Hendrik Witbooi. MA tesis. Pretoria: Universiteit van Suid-Afrika (UNISA).

Zwartbooi, David. 1928/30.
Mitteilungen von David Zwartbooi, dem früheren Kapitän der Zwartboois (1880-1910), jetzt nach Abgabe der Kapitänschaft bei seiner Familie in Franzfontein wohnend, ca.80 Jahre alt (1928). Quellen zur Geschichte von Südwest-Afrika, 2. Windhoek: Staatsarchiv. Pp 95-108.

Zyl, H.J. van. 1958.
Verslag van die komissie van die ondersoek na nie-blanke onderwys in Suidwes-Afrika, 2 dele. Windhoek: Administrasie van Suidwes-Afrika.


copyright © 1991-2008 JFM

[ back to the Khoesan main page ]